<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852</id><updated>2012-02-16T08:01:03.096-08:00</updated><title type='text'>how to connect</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>553</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-303558707228641056</id><published>2012-02-05T08:17:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:17:35.421-08:00</updated><title type='text'>List of iTunes Errors and Solutions</title><content type='html'>List of iTunes Errors and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 0xE8000001&lt;br /&gt;        If your iPhone is jailbroken and you edit the file Mobilestation, check the file permissions 755 (path on your iPhone / System / Library / PrivateFrameworks / MobileInstallation.framework /) If you create folders "Document" Application and verify that rights are chmod 777.&lt;br /&gt;        More generally linked to iTunes 7.7, this problem may be related to your USB cable (try another cable), changing USB port, do not use a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;        If despite all this does not work, rename your file lockdown (C: / Apple / Lockdown) in lockdown_old (To iTunes creates a new file) to the problem disappears.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 0xE800000A&lt;br /&gt;        For Windows: Run iTunes with Administrator rights (Right Click "Open as administrator"). Moreover, it seems that renaming your file lockdown ("C: \ Documents and Settings \ All Users \ Application Data \ Apple \" and / or "C: \ Documents and Settings \ username \ Application Data \ Apple Computer \" ) in lockdown_old (To iTunes creates a new file) the problem disappears.&lt;br /&gt;        For Mac, this error is permission problem. In the application Terminal.app run the following commands sudo "mkdir / var / db / lockdown" and "sudo chmod 777 / var / db / lockdown. Or fix via software such as Onyx, the permissions of your Mac files.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 0xE8000013&lt;br /&gt;        Activating an iPhone with a SIM unlocked for the first time with iTunes 7.5 can cause the following error message: Unable to activate the iPhone because an unknown error occurred (0xE8000013). Try again later.&lt;br /&gt;        This error can occur if you use iTunes 7.5 to activate the iPhone with a SIM lock PIN. If this happens, ignore this error message. The iPhone will be activated as expected and you can give a name to your iPhone and choose your preferred settings for synchronization.&lt;br /&gt;        To resolve this problem go to iTunes / applications and click on one of the applications you have downloaded. iTunes prompts you for permission to use the application. This problem is a problem of connection with iTunes Store and your account.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 0xE8000022&lt;br /&gt;        To resolve this problem, restart your iPhone and your computer. If despite this the problem persists, uninstall and re-install iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 0xE8000025&lt;br /&gt;        Update with iTunes 7.5 or later. Open iTunes and select Help&gt; Check for updates.&lt;br /&gt;        If the problem persists after the update, try the troubleshooting procedures in this document .&lt;br /&gt;        If you can not perform the update, make sure your user account contains only ASCII characters .* The characters are different from those listed below are not managed.&lt;br /&gt;        Make sure the name of your user account contains only these characters:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz&lt;br /&gt;            ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 0xE8000065&lt;br /&gt;        You connect your iPhone to your computer controlled and it is not recognized? The problem comes from your firewall. In fact your firewall blocks the process of Shift version&gt; 3.x&lt;br /&gt;        The problem only affects Windows 7/Vista&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error -9808&lt;br /&gt;        Internet Connection Problem on XP and Vista&lt;br /&gt;        To remedy this, open a web page, check that SSL 3.0 and TLS 1.0 are selected then go to Tools&gt; Internet Options&gt; Advanced "in the Security options, uncheck" Check for server certificate revocation (requires restart) " .&lt;br /&gt;        Click "OK".&lt;br /&gt;        Close Internet Explorer, and restart your PC.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error -2096&lt;br /&gt;        Problem with your Internet connection. The Wifi internet access blocked or prevented access to your itunes account, making it impossible to activate your iPhone.&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: Disconnect and connect again. Connect ethernet or live on your box.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error -50&lt;br /&gt;        Check that the Parental Control tab located in Edit&gt; Preferences that iTunes is unchecked.&lt;br /&gt;        This can occur when the end of the connection occurs during the download content purchased from the iTunes Store.&lt;br /&gt;        Configure your anti-virus/coupe fire to allow the fields to send and receive Internet data. - Itunes.apple.com - ax.itunes.apple.com&lt;br /&gt;        If you notice that this error only occurs when you try to download videos: - Delete video files downloading cached and completely restart the download often resolves the problem. - To find the cached video downloads: Navigate to the download folder on your system. This file can be found at different locations:&lt;br /&gt;        Mac: ~ / Music / iTunes / iTunes Music / DownloadsRemarque: the tilde "~" indicates your home folder.&lt;br /&gt;        Windows Vista: \ Users \ [username] \ Music \ iTunes \ iTunes Music \ Downloads \&lt;br /&gt;        Windows XP and Windows 2000: \ Documents and Settings \ [username] \ My Documents \ My Music \ iTunes \ iTunes Music \ Downloads \&lt;br /&gt;        Locate the folder that contains the cached video corresponding to this purchase .- In Windows Vista, the folder name matches that of purchased video and file extension. Tmp. - In Windows XP and Windows 2000 the folder name matches that of purchased video and the file has the extension. m4v.tmp.&lt;br /&gt;        Drag the folder. Tmp purchased video in question in the trash.&lt;br /&gt;        Open iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;        Select Store&gt; Check for software updates.&lt;br /&gt;        Enter your account name and password, then click the Search button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 08-07-2010&lt;br /&gt;The#Danger The#Danger is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Apr 2010&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 145&lt;br /&gt;re: List of iTunes Errors and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error -48&lt;br /&gt;        Update with iTunes 7.5 or later. You can also perform an update in iTunes: - Mac: Choose iTunes&gt; Check for updates. - Windows: Choose Help&gt; Check for updates.&lt;br /&gt;        If you encounter this problem when updating an iPhone on a Mac, follow the instructions below: - Go to ~ / Library / iTunes / iPhone Software Updates. In the Finder, you can choose Go&gt; Go to Folder. Type or paste the path name above and click OK. - Delete all files in the iPhone Software Updates. - Try to restore the iPhone again.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error -19&lt;br /&gt;        Problem when synchronizing.&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: Disable automatic syncing visible when iPhone is connected or in Preferences&gt; Devices, select the option "Disable automatic syncing ..."&lt;br /&gt;        Clear your backups from iTunes, in Preferences&gt; Devices Click select the last backup of YOUR iPhone, then "Delete Backup". (Warning, irreversible action - Make a backup backup on another computer).&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error -18&lt;br /&gt;        Put the iPhone into recovery mode and restore it.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error -4&lt;br /&gt;        Problem with iTunes and the rights to your PC or Apple servers&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: Connect to iTunes using a session with administrator rights&lt;br /&gt;        Wait and connect with other Internet access, iTunes can connect to servers in the AppStore.&lt;br /&gt;    Error 1 Unknown&lt;br /&gt;        iPhone not recognized in recovery mode / DFU (Dowgrade impossible if you are not in DFU):&lt;br /&gt;        Manually put your iPhone in "recovery mode": press Home and Power for 10 seconds After 10 seconds release the power button and let Press the Home button until you see the message "iTunes has detected an iPhone in recovery mode "&lt;br /&gt;        Turn your iPhone into DFU manually: Hold Home + Power button simultaneously to re-startup of your iPhone (10sec). Only then release the power button until you see the message "iTunes has detected an iPhone in recovery mode" (25sec).&lt;br /&gt;        The firmware is downloaded selects or incoherent with the version of your device, or the file is corrupted.&lt;br /&gt;        Solution télélcharger re-match the firmware version of your iPhone - Phone1, 1_xxx.ipsw for V1 (Edge) - Phone1, 2_ xxx.ipsw for V2 (called 3G) - Phone2, 1_ xxx.ipsw for V3 ( Called 3GS)&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 2&lt;br /&gt;        Apple server problem.&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: Your iTunes user account must only contain characters such as (other symbols are banned from your main contact email or name of your iTunes account):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz&lt;br /&gt;            ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Error 5 Unknown&lt;br /&gt;        Your firmware is corrupted or improperly downloaded (Wrong version), re-download your firmware.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 6&lt;br /&gt;        USB Problem: The connection falls unmanque power.&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: Reboot and Change USB port (do not use a hub), or change your PC.&lt;br /&gt;        This error can often be corrected by following the steps described in the article iTunes for Windows: Troubleshooting problems with security software . Third-party software installed can you change your default packet size in Windows by inserting an entry in your registry TcpWindowSize. This error may be due to a default packet size that is not properly defined. Contact the manufacturer of the software that generated the change in the size of the package to get help.&lt;br /&gt;    Error 9 Unknown&lt;br /&gt;        Disconnection Problem&lt;br /&gt;        The error 9 means that the iphone was unplugged when handling, it is advised to change usb cable, usb port. (Do not use the Hub)&lt;br /&gt;        If problem remains unsolved despite your attempts to Restore in Recovery Mode and DFU, contact service Apple.&lt;br /&gt;        This error occurs when the device has been inadvertently disconnected from the USB bus and the communication stopped. This can occur if the device is disconnected manually during the restoration process. You can solve it by making a USB troubleshooting isolation, using a different USB cable dock connector, trying other USB ports, performing the restore on another computer or removing conflicts caused by third-party security software.&lt;br /&gt;    Error 19 Unknown&lt;br /&gt;        You try to restore but you encounter an error during the process.&lt;br /&gt;        Disable Automatic Synchronization&lt;br /&gt;        In iTunes when your iPhone is connected, uncheck "Auto Sync". (Or In iTunes&gt; Preferences)&lt;br /&gt;        And restore again.&lt;br /&gt;    Error 20 Unknown&lt;br /&gt;        Restore error.&lt;br /&gt;        Your firmware is too old or too new compared to your version of iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;        Download a new version of iTunes (More or less old) .&lt;br /&gt;        Then restore&lt;br /&gt;    Error 21 Unknown&lt;br /&gt;        Mac, Go to ~ / Library / iTunes /. In the Finder, you can choose Go&gt; Go to Folder. Type or paste the path name above and click OK. - Delete all files in the iPhone Software Updates and Device Support. - Try to restore the iPhone again.&lt;br /&gt;    On Windows, these files are located in a hidden folder. To view these files in Windows Explorer, you must select Tools&gt; Folder Options, click View, then select "Show hidden files and folders.&lt;br /&gt;        In Windows Vista, follow the instructions below: - Go to Start&gt; Computer&gt; Local Disk and type the following path: C: / users / [yourusername] / AppData / Roaming / Apple Computer / iTunes / - Delete all files in the iPhone Software Updates folder and Device Support. - Try to restore the iPhone again.&lt;br /&gt;        In Windows XP, follow the instructions below: - Choose Start&gt; Run, then type C: / documents and settings / [yourusername] / Application Data / Apple Computer / iTunes / - Delete all files in the iPhone Software Updates and in Device Support.&lt;br /&gt;        If, despite these recommendations, you still have this error, make sure you have the latest version of iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;        Try using a USB hub.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 28&lt;br /&gt;        Problem restoring your device (Problem Irreversible)&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: None.&lt;br /&gt;        Contact Customer Service for Apple iPhone replacement (if it is still under warranty)&lt;br /&gt;        These errors may indicate a hardware problem of your device. Follow the procedures described in this article and also try to perform a restore by connecting to a computer and a network that you know, to isolate the problem to the device.&lt;br /&gt;        If the IMEI number or the MAC address is not specified or corresponds to a default value, it can also confirm that the problem is of a material.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 08-07-2010&lt;br /&gt;The#Danger The#Danger is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Apr 2010&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 145&lt;br /&gt;re: List of iTunes Errors and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown error 29&lt;br /&gt;        we must restore, get the error mentioned above, start iRecovery (iRecovery-s; setenv auto-boot true; saveenv; / exit), then restore again ..&lt;br /&gt;        we must restore, get the error mentioned above, close itunes, then restart itunes and restore again.&lt;br /&gt;        If you are under Mac:&lt;br /&gt;        Go to "/ System / Library / Extensions" and locate the file "AppleMobileDevice.kext" and delete it.&lt;br /&gt;        Then go to "/ Library / Receipts /" and locate the file "AppleMobileDeviceSupport.pkg" and delete it.&lt;br /&gt;        Go to "/ System / Library / LaunchDaemons /" and locate the file "com.apple.usbmuxd.plist" and delete it.&lt;br /&gt;        Then go to "/ System / Library / PrivateFrameworks" and locate "MobileDevice.framework" and delete it.&lt;br /&gt;        Empty the Trash and restart the computer.&lt;br /&gt;        Télcharger and re install iTunes.&lt;br /&gt;        Then restore the iphone again.&lt;br /&gt;        These errors may indicate a hardware problem of your device. Follow the procedures described in this article and also try to perform a restore by connecting to a computer and a network that you know, to isolate the problem to the device.&lt;br /&gt;        If the IMEI number or the MAC address is not specified or corresponds to a default value, it can also confirm that the problem is of a material.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1002&lt;br /&gt;        An error message 1002 or a "Repair Needed - Iphone can emit or receive calls"&lt;br /&gt;        The problem is probably irreversible (Communication card HS?)&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1011&lt;br /&gt;        An error message 1011 or a "Repair Needed - Iphone can emit or receive calls"&lt;br /&gt;        The problem is probably irreversible (Communication card HS?)&lt;br /&gt;        These errors may indicate a hardware problem of your device. Follow the procedures described in this article and also try to perform a restore by connecting to a computer and a network that you know, to isolate the problem to the device. If the IMEI number or the MAC address is not specified or corresponds to a default value, it can also confirm that the problem is of a material.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1012&lt;br /&gt;        These errors may indicate a hardware problem of your device. Follow the procedures described in this article and also try to perform a restore by connecting to a computer and a network that you know, to isolate the problem to the device.&lt;br /&gt;        If the IMEI number or the MAC address is not specified or corresponds to a default value, it can also confirm that the problem is of a material.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1013&lt;br /&gt;        Leave iTunes open, do not click on the OK button.&lt;br /&gt;        Launch QuickPwn or Redsn0w to break the iPhone restore mode. Follow the procedure, the software should recognize your iPhone and do redemmarrer mode "Normal"&lt;br /&gt;        These errors may indicate a hardware problem of your device. Follow the procedures described in this article and also try to perform a restore by connecting to a computer and a network that you know, to isolate the problem to the device. If the IMEI number or the MAC address is not specified or corresponds to a default value, it can also confirm that the problem is of a material.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1015&lt;br /&gt;        Restoring several times with the same firmware in DFU mode.&lt;br /&gt;        iPhone not recognized in DFU mode (Dowgrade impossible if you are not in DFU):&lt;br /&gt;        Turn your iPhone into DFU manually: - Hold Power + Home button simultaneously to re-startup of your iPhone (10sec). Only then release the power button until you see the message "iTunes has detected an iPhone in recovery mode" (25sec).&lt;br /&gt;        Naturally, with error 1015, you are still stuck on the logo with the Apple. The Reboot is inpossible. Then use a tool to get out your iPhone from the "Loop" Restore.&lt;br /&gt;        Launch QuickPwn to unlock it. Otherwise test with iPHUC, independence, iRecovery, iBrick ..&lt;br /&gt;        This error appears when attempting to upgrade to an older version of the iPhone or iPod touch. This may occur when you try to perform a restore using an old file. Ipsw. The upgrade to an earlier version is not supported. To resolve this problem, try performing a restore using the latest version of the software of the iPhone or iPod touch available from Apple.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1601, 1602, 1603&lt;br /&gt;        Problem during the Restoration&lt;br /&gt;        Solution: Uninstall iTunes completely and service Apple Mobile Device (With software Ccleaner )&lt;br /&gt;        Reinstall iTunes 7.5 or later.&lt;br /&gt;    Unknown Error 1604&lt;br /&gt;        Problems often related to lack of power of your iPhone.&lt;br /&gt;        Premiere Trail, Reload your iPhone with a socket (Pdt few hours)&lt;br /&gt;        Then try to restore the Recovery mode (Logo), and / or DFU.&lt;br /&gt;        Verify that your cable is not damaged ( Possibility of changing his not Apple ) and try with another cable.&lt;br /&gt;        Unplug your USB Hub and connect your iPhone directly to your computer (On the Port USB 2.0).&lt;br /&gt;        Completely uninstall iTunes and Apple Mobile Device Service (With software Ccleaner )&lt;br /&gt;        Try on another PC.&lt;br /&gt;        Restore with older firmware.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 10-07-2010&lt;br /&gt;rogerjack rogerjack is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jul 2010&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 4&lt;br /&gt;Re: List of iTunes Errors and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;These information is nice to sharing with us for the list of errors. It is Completely uninstall iTunes and Apple Mobile Device Service (With software Ccleaner ) with also having restore the back up facilities.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #5  &lt;br /&gt;Old 24-10-2011&lt;br /&gt;lovedelaine lovedelaine is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Oct 2011&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 2&lt;br /&gt;Re: List of iTunes Errors and Solutions&lt;br /&gt;tried everything you said in error 1&lt;br /&gt;but none of it worked...&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-303558707228641056?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/303558707228641056/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/list-of-itunes-errors-and-solutions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/303558707228641056'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/303558707228641056'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/list-of-itunes-errors-and-solutions.html' title='List of iTunes Errors and Solutions'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1991334210162135783</id><published>2012-02-05T08:17:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:17:09.211-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Star Fox 64 3D 3DS Walkthrough</title><content type='html'>Star Fox 64 3D is an exciting action game. An upgraded version of the game that appeared on the Nintendo 64, adding new graphics, sounds and music, and Wireless 3D capability of the console. StarFox 64 3D is actually a new version of game Lylat Wars, which was then released on N64. The graphics were much improved, and new features of 3DS allow a new way to play. The multiplayer mode has also been improved and a new fashion, Score Challenge, was added. The gameplay of Star Fox 64 3D is somewhat very similar to the older versions. So if you had gone with some of similar games before then there is nothing much to learn here. The game story is based on Corneria. It is a plant in the Lylat system. Somewhat far in the space and it is thriving out from getting extinct. General Pepper and central character in the game finds out this issue and collects a team to deal with the situation. This time a new team will be in action.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Not all paths are equally difficult, not only to find them the right way, but, there are planets where the enemies are much more complicated than others. The action on each planet is usually carried forward "on rails", i.e., the camera follows a pre-set path and you can not travel freely around the planet (Fixed mode). However, there are certain times (or planets) where it switches to Open, where you can wander freely in a circular area. In this case, the camera will follow you and you will see a map of your location and important characters that are in the area.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Game Characters:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Slippy Toad : An essential but inexperienced member of the Star Fox Team. He provides vital analysis of the shield gauge in boss battles.&lt;br /&gt;    Peppy Hare : He offers valuable battle tips and also has a keen eye on the weaker points of enemy.&lt;br /&gt;    Fox Mccloud : This characters the leader of Fox Team and also the pilot with awesome control over Arwing. Along with this she is also a sharp shooter.&lt;br /&gt;    Falco Lombardi : This guy is a stellar pilot. Better to find alternative routes in various stages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Game Vehicles&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Blue Marine : Drive beneath the sea with destructive weapons.&lt;br /&gt;    Arwing : Controls the sky driven by the team leader.&lt;br /&gt;    Landmaster : Stout and Sturdy vehicle which allows the Star team to deal with land battles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Game Modes :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BATTLE MODE :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basically, it consists in removing the other opponents, are controlled by the machine or by others through the download mode (you can not play online). The differences, according to the type of battle chosen, you can see in the following.&lt;br /&gt;Survival : can only be a pilot. If time is running enter into sudden death.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Battle for points : gets one point for every opponent killed. Earn who arrive before the agreed number of points.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Attack : Shoot down as many opponents as possible before time runs out. After choosing the game mode, you have to choose whether you will play alone or using the download mode. If you play "solo", your opponents will control the machine. If you choose to download mode you have other friends with your 3DS console near you to power connectors and then you have to accept the configuration parameters of the game that appear by default, or change to your liking. Once the battle begins, regardless of the chosen type of battle, the mode is developed in Open mode. You can perform all the maneuvers you know the story mode. Be alert and look out on the map, other than to see the opponents to know where objects appear to help. Do not forget to go through the center of the rings for energy recovery. At the end of the game you will see a count of the ships blasted and a classification according to that count.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 01-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;spookshow's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;spookshow spookshow is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 621&lt;br /&gt;Re: Star Fox 64 3D 3DS Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;CHALLENGE MODE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Appears in the main menu when you complete Story Mode a planet. In this mode you will have to overcome a threshold for a medal (like you can do during the Story Mode, but the medals that are obtained here are independent of the others and are available exclusively in this mode). The first thing you do is choose a game mode, Nintendo 64 and Nintendo 3DS or you can play only the planets previously have completed in Story mode and in the same mode. Here is a table with all the necessary scores on each planet to get every medal. The silver medals correspond to the score you should get in story mode to get the medal in that way, but get it in one way did not get the grant in the other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TRAINING MODE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before playing for the first time, entering this mode. Then you can select it anytime in the game's main menu. It's a way to learn to control your Airwing, if you get knocked down (making you lose the shield of the ship) will restart. At the beginning will explain the basic moves you can make. The objective is to roast in the center of the rings, shoot enemies and dodge the buildings. At the end of the course (if you can remove it before pressing Start) spend training in Open mode. Here you'll destroy enemies until they kill you or until you press the Start button to exit. If you exceed the 100 demolition team will craft Wolfen, so that you can train with them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is no mission to accomplish, it's just a practice mode. If you exit the training mode will have the opportunity to make a test flight. It is a journey full of columns and dodging barriers must go, but no enemies. It is simply put into practice everything learned in earlier training. When the distance reaches 0 will end the test drive. You crash three times (once for every star you have in the upper left corner). If you do this quarter, you must repeat the entire course.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Star Fox 64 3D 3DS Controls&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Depending on the route to follow to reach the final planet, have to deal with Andros in a different way. To see the true end of the game you will be defeated by the most difficult. On each planet there is a challenge to overcome, if you get a high score and pass, you get a medal on the planet. When starting a new game and choose the game mode or Nintendo 64 Nintendo 3DS can see you've gotten medals in total in each one of them (mark only one per planet, the maximum is 15 medals). These medals can also get them in Challenge Mode. Get each planet is the goal of that game mode.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1991334210162135783?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1991334210162135783/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/star-fox-64-3d-3ds-walkthrough.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1991334210162135783'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1991334210162135783'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/star-fox-64-3d-3ds-walkthrough.html' title='Star Fox 64 3D 3DS Walkthrough'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-3680350844383991420</id><published>2012-02-05T08:16:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:16:35.111-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to deal with Rogue DHCP or DHCP Spoofing?</title><content type='html'>This might be kind of very simple topic which is not really highlighted but very important to understand and remember. The reason is due to vast expansion of web we are now in more engaged in new technologies. Latest platform challenges to give more recent security support on software and hardware level. But does that complete security package is enough to deal with the threats. My guide is more based on a very vast network. Anyhow we are now in touch with network either your are sole broadband using surfing no WAN or either you are an enterprise. DHCP spoofing or Rogue DHCP is a method by which your traffic is hijacked and redirected to unknown websites. I cannot explain the same in more simple way. For getting more aware about this you will need to go through the below articles where I had tried to explain in more detail how this all works.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I had figured out many times an unknown kind of DHCP server addresses. It was difficult for me to talk with ISP customer care and tell them this to fix the same from there end. By they don’t looks much bothered. A way to protect my system and data is by using a pack of internet security suite which is plenty of available. Each of it guarantees a kind of security features and tons of updates which not a simple user’s cup of tea. So we blindly buy that and think we are secure. But do we really think that even after configuring a high end Internet Security package we are safe. How much of you are satisfied. I will surely find a high percentage. Because on software level it is possible to block some kind of virus infection but what on the hardware level or on the core level where a regular user never checks.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These types of attack usually affect a large network. For example you are on a WAN. The connect is provided you by the ISP. A direct LAN cable goes to your system and your surf. You visit social networking websites, shop online, buy stuff, banking transaction and all and all. And lots other things are carried out, but what I think and found that it is rare to find a security package which gives you a full security unless and until you are entirely on a highly secure independent network. But still there are certain flaws which are still influenced by anti social elements. This flaws are well knows by this attackers who work for various motive to capture data and redirect traffic. I am not talking about IP spoofing here but a low level layer where are not aware how this all work. I recommend reading this once a while to figure out how DHCP Spoofing works. My guide is to provide you proper techniques and information to protect yourself from such threats.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is DHCP?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DHCP is widely used protocol. It is a process by which the host clients receive auto-ip on automatic settings. It is not secure. DHCP Stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is kind of network protocol which helps the host machine to get access on IP network. Computers around the world are connected via IP network. Each IP network has tons of inter connected computers which in all together become the biggest network called as Internet. Let’s take a smaller example. You have 4 to 7 systems in your office which are connected with each and a user can access by providing the user login / password which is authenticated by a local in-house server. Here IP address is the most important part. This is your systems direct address. For a small network it is allowed automatically by the server itself. So no need to learn rocket science here. What DHCP does here is, it removes the manual work of providing IP address to each system. DHCP does the job when the systems are set on automatic configuration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The network admin does not need to go in each system and configure the addresses manually. Other than this a DHCP is a central hub for these systems on network. It has a list of all computers temporary IP connected and removes the issue of duplicate ip addresses which can cause network conflict.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How does DHCP Spoofing works:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This attack works by collection of IP addresses of innocent users via spoofed DHCP. I had small explanation on this first how DHCP access works. This is important to understand to figure out the process of gaining access to DHCP server. If you are able to understand this process then it will become easier to manage this. First let’s being with DHCP Spoofing. DHCP Spoofing is a process by which a system acquires IP address from the server. To get on the network you need an IP address. DHCP is responsible to give you that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The connection follows is in this way:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Look above. The first layer in the system the host. Then comes the network mode or pipeline and then the WAN which is wide area network. The last is the DHCP server. The server for example lies on a remote location. You need IP address via to get on internet. So for that the Pipeline or the network devices, etc will receive a DHCP discover packet. This is preconfigured by the server and can only be understood by the devices. You can install some tools which can sniff this packet. This Discover packet comes from your system on which the pipeline or the network devices respond with DHCP offer packet. This packet has information related to spoofed ip address which is allotted to the system for some time. In this once the DHCP server you contacted is already spoofed your data goes to hijacker. He can redirect the users also to other websites which can carry infections.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 03-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;racer's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;racer racer is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2005&lt;br /&gt;Location: Portland, OR&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 316&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to deal with Rogue DHCP or DHCP Spoofing?&lt;br /&gt;Types of DHCP Attacks&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are some numbers of attacks which are related to DHCP spoofing and you must learn something about them also.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DHCP server spoofing— as it already discussed more on that above. The name says about the attack. It simply gives a spoof access to the user to the hijacked DHCP server. The attack simply aims to make attackers pc to become a DHCP server and access your network. This can be very risky. Your users can loose most valuable information under this attack even when you are highly secured. In simple world a Rogue server working in the place of actual. An attacker can do lot more with this. He can pull the data, sent virus, sniff the network, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DHCP Exhaustion — Under this DoS attack is carried out by modifying the address service on DHCP servers. Under this the ip address are spoofed and a large number of attack are carried one with one process. Those who are aware how DoS works can easily figure out the working of same. Still I will give a small explanation on the same. When the DHCP Discover message is broadcast form a system he also sends the MAC address with the packet data. Now here the attacker what he does, is keeps changing the Mac address of his system. This Mac address is the hardware address of the system which is very important. By this the attacker used up all the pending ip causing a DHCP exhaust. When this is carried the user machines fails to collect the access to DHCP server and redirects to the attackers server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hijacking the IP – This is the later part when the DHCP Discover and DHCP offer process ends. Here the user machine send DHCPRelease message to the server to tell the server that IP address is provided and the user machine can access the network now. But the hijacker here has the knowledge to capture DHCP Release packet and exploit. He can then capture the provided IP and cause network disruption.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How DHCP Spoofing attack does occurs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This attack occurs when your time of temporary ip expires. Your system sends the DHCP Discover packet and the attacker responds on the packet. When the attacker responds on your query he can set himself as your default gateway or DNS without your knowledge. This is a type of intercepting your traffic to the actual gateway. Here the attacker has a chance to flood the DHCP server with DHCP offer packet causing a DoS type attack. Many users who never ever thing what going on the web are easy catch for them. The IPs is pre-assigned by the attackers and they are assigned to the host which make more prone to high risk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Prevent or Protect yourself from DHCP Spoofing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There certain ways to deal with this. You can avoid DHCP Spoofing. It doesn’t matter what type of user you are but at least the steps can be a guide for you to deal with this situation. Currently due to such vastness of the network it is not easy to get a secure DHCP. Till yet I had not found such service. But you can resistance to the attack. You can protect yourself from that and avoid using your valuable information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First get aware about the various DHCP attacks. Learn about them and take precautions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Second step, if you want get completely secured then in my views do not use DHCP. Try to configure your each TCP/IP manually so that you can avoid someone to exploit your protocol. Many big enterprise use dedicated network admin to configure the same. If you do not have a largest network then this will not be an issue.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Third, for a DHCP attack the hijacker needs access to your network first. If he is not in he cannot do anything. So for that will send DHCP offer packets to hijack the client pc. The hijacker will convert this own system as a Rogue DHCP server which will capture your data and traffic. So if you have DHCP protocol enabled on your network then you must take precaution. The IP information is refreshed within few interval of time which can be captured by the hijacker.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fourth, configuring DHCP with proper admin control. It is possible in DHCP to configure a separate group of Administrator. This group has rights to make changes and authorizes users to DHCP settings. This is really very essential for long network groups. The one thing which you need to take is managing tight account registration settings. The audit is really necessary to check the authorize and unauthorized access to the network. If you cannot control the security or manage the group it is no worth of applying the same as this can be a bit complicated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Common cause of DHCP Attack&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If your network is under DHCP spoofing the common issue that you will face is loose in bandwidth, cannot access some webpages, redirection, loss of user privacy, etc. Via simpl process the attacker hijacks the network and post its server on the default dns causing the entire network prone to attack. Youc an check the same via ipconfig /all what is your current DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rogue DHCP Detection Tool:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is small tool which I found on internet. You can download the same by searching on Google. I am not sure how much valid this is, but surely help you to figure out your current status. It is not easy to figure the rogue DHCP as some of the spoofing attacks works under networking policies. That is goes to legal method of using unauthorized hacks.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-3680350844383991420?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/3680350844383991420/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-deal-with-rogue-dhcp-or-dhcp.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/3680350844383991420'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/3680350844383991420'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-deal-with-rogue-dhcp-or-dhcp.html' title='How to deal with Rogue DHCP or DHCP Spoofing?'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-4824412786694471010</id><published>2012-02-05T08:16:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:16:09.533-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Beginners Guide to Network Security</title><content type='html'>The guide below explains some of the most common issues which everyone faces on internet. Anyhow we all are working on large network directly or indirectly interconnected with each other. The day travels on anonymous mode which only geeks can understand. The guide here is made to explain you in a simple way, how the network works and what are the exploits. You can manage your network security within some tips below, it doesn’t matter either you are an individual or group of large network. Without going in much technical reference, I tried to maintain the quality as simple as I can. Before going for some precaution you must learn why to apply. Some of the precaution is not needed to all of us, but some are really crucial as per our usage. For example for an individual user spending on costly hardware security tools with software packages is not worth. As they mostly deal with mails and social networking. But for a group of enterprise it becomes necessary to keep the network simpler and to implant the best security at any cost. DATA matters here. AS the internet is ever expanding, we are more engaged with the e-commerce, and surfing habits. Social networking gave a boost to user behavior towards webs, where they stated to discuss openly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I cannot say only a specific term is responsible to boom net, no, before email where the cause, then cames websites and now social networking which has given a vast platform to billions of people to communicate share and stay in touch. Network are becoming common today, doesn’t matter on what you are. Either mobile or web everything are sharing a common platform. Here the matter arises is of privacy. Are you secure enough to keep your discussion private. Who guarantee this. No one I think. Anyhow you preferences are saved by cookies and related ads are served to you via many sources. I hate popups that simply are good for nothing. Why to force a user if he doesn’t wants to buy the stuff. As the companies are aware that a number of users spend a number of specific times on internet and they indulge to go in some practices which gave rise to spam, adware, spyware, etc. Surely this is not a black hat technique, but sponsored by the entities itself. Or else we would never see fashion ads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Right now it is a matter of concern to figure that you are adequately safe on the web. Especially when you are carrying out banking transactions or sending/receiving important documents. I will also not say that all are safe, but some due to some security exploit you remain unaware about the upcoming attacks. AS the version of security software packages are upgrading, the viruses are too upgrading. It is the not the time, when a worm runs in your land and the old antivirus can do nothing. But virus developers become smarter. What I noticed that today rather than destroying the business has become more on spamming. Capture a number of traffic in less time is what mostly does. To avoid such stuff there are some simple precaution you can carry out. A system can be attack via various modes like removable driver, internet, any personal errors, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even after some much risk and issues we find internet as one of the faster and safest mode. The reason is the flexibility and support. If there is any kind of network breach, security agencies does not stay behind. They act on the same so that is not repeated again protecting the interest of user. Due to application of more secure networks it has become easier to work safely without much technical knowledge. It is really a pain to go and read first about network security and then surf. More innovative gadgets like smartphones, tablets have given more convenience to users. But that does not mean that you are safe from any kind of security breaches. No they too come in the same line.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Beginners Guide to Network Security&lt;br /&gt;Common threats:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DATA Loss:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This will lie in the top of my list. Whatever may the cause but data loss is the most crucial part which is ignored many time. An individual cannot think or spend like an enterprise to deal the best way to avoid DATA loss. But he might go on web get an antivirus and stay relief. DATA loss affects everyone. Either you are on a public network or private network or internet. Hacker’s tries to create some kind of automated scripts which captures UN protected computers and affects them. Many of us are never aware what is going inside the system. Commercial operating system like Windows is highly targeted while open source community like Linux is complicated and safer. A virus is a malicious code which tends to destroy your system or theft your valuable information. Here DATA doesn’t means any image or video or document, but your user id and password, your banking login information, your credit card details, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All comes under this. That is why it is always recommended never to use your credit card or banking stuff on local computers like Cyber Café’s public hotspot, etc. You can protect yourself with a good antivirus package which can give your internet security with power encryption support. Under such stuff no one can trace your data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Virus and malicious code&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A simple way to describe virus is something which knows your security flaw. An operating system or software has many security flaws. That can be due to improper coding, poor development, bugs, etc. This security flaws are base of virus. They act on this only. The hackers know how to exploit such kind of flaws. They enter your system via automated malicious code which in return causes great damages. This is the reason why updates are released every month. Companies research on various flaws in their tools and send updates so that it can be fixed and a user remains updated. Those who use pirated software lacks this support. Because pirated software’s are not allowed to get free updates. They are more insecure and buggy. If you have a personal computer or a laptop, I will advice you to buy only license copy of software. It is bug free and you are enabling to receive updates.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many of use torrents to get free software’s. We blindly use cracks and keygens to activate the commercial product illegally. Keygens and cracks are loaded with Trojan, worms, and other more dangerous threats. Much time you might have noticed that antivirus catches the keygen as a security threat. When you allow such stuff on your system, you give a direct address of your system to the hacker. You are blindly accepting to get looted. This is your fault and no one is responsible for this. You cannot blame the software or the operating system for the loss caused to you. Also you will come the legal penalties of software company rights. A virus has a capacity to travel from one system to another and infect it. It keeps on multiplying unless the entire system is down or unless you are completely screwed up. So it is better that you take some precaution before getting into troubles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Trojans&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to define this separately. Trojans are carriers. They are specially scripted lightweight programs which can be on the web, can be embedded inside a file or even can come in email attachments. They are carriers of malicious code. The motive of this Trojan is to deliver malicious code in your system. They act as a link between the hacker and your system. Trojans carries capacity to delete data, download other malicious files from internet, etc. So you must understand this and if you get a Trojan indication on your system be alert. Do not go and run suspicious files or open mail attachments directly without scanning. Many Trojans are capable to hide them from antivirus scanning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are many more types of attacks, but going in detail and stretching this guide is not worth. It is enough to get understood why you should go for security precaution. Do not buy security packages and load on your system killing the performance. It should be wisely chosen and the correct security package without any extra add-ons should be considered. You surely not needing an advance email encryption service, or remote monitoring, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some Basic to Eliminate Threats:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Following are some basic tips which can be much better in eliminating threats. There are number of things below which are needed to be concerned and followed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Firewall&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The best and starting procedure. Firewall is a blockage. It is an invisible wall which works in the background and stops unauthorized access from web or network. It is important never to disable this. Many gamers disable firewall to play freely, but they are indirectly opening doors for the intruders. Many operating systems come with inbuilt firewall support to give you basic level security. Firewall is an invisible security support for your system. It acts as a door blocker. It does not allow secure information to go out of your system or any malicious code to connect with others. So if you are on internet never disable this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows operating system has inbuilt Firewall and continuous update support. Keep them on. So that if you face any kind of error or bug then you can run the updates to get it fixed back again. Firewall also allows you to choose access to number of connections. So you must play with the settings to get familiar with it, because sometime it becomes really irritating to configure a Firewall.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Antivirus Package&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today we have number of antivirus programs. They are divided into internet security suite or single desktop packages, single user protection, email protection, etc. It is important to determine the right package you want. Do not go for costly suite with multi user pack and tons of features which you will never use. A simple Antivirus with firewall and internet security support is more than enough for a single user. It also does not put much load on your system also. And if you are a bigger network then you will need to buy a multi user antivirus package with more features which consist of a powerful Firewall, authentication system, etc. Another thing, never go for manual updates. Keep them on automatic mode. Because many time updates are released after a kind of virus attack on web or after some kind of security breach news. Many companies actively work on that and provide support. So if you check only in the end of month, then you stay a big behind from the current updates. Due to regular update, your system stays more secure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A better antivirus package provides you maximum solution for customization. You have option to keep filters as per the active threats. But there is one more threat which has become successful in by passing the security. That is malware. A malware stays safely in your pc. It is a lighter version. The motive of such security threats are redirecting you to different sites, ads popups, spamming, etc. So updates here play the roles. Updates give power to antivirus to find the hidden threats and deal with the same.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-4824412786694471010?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/4824412786694471010/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/beginners-guide-to-network-security.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4824412786694471010'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4824412786694471010'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/beginners-guide-to-network-security.html' title='Beginners Guide to Network Security'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-5145040038035862385</id><published>2012-02-05T08:15:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:15:40.572-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Top 10 Symbian S^3 &amp; S60v5 Mobile Games for 2011 (HoT)</title><content type='html'>Top 10 Symbian Games collection on our regular visitor’s request, the most downloaded for Nokia S^3 &amp; S^1 (Support 360×640 resolution) Games for the year 2011 by counting downloads, votes, and reviews by users at MobiDhoom, SymbianPoint and S60v5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All the games mostly fully tested with most of available Symbian^3 &amp; Symbian^1 5th Edition using OS 9.5 &amp; OS 9.4 Touch Devices as below. If you need to Sign any game, use our Free Sign Tools.&lt;br /&gt;Symbian^3 Devices: Nokia N8, Nokia C6-01, Nokia C7-00, Nokia E7-00, Nokia E6 and Nokia X7&lt;br /&gt;Symbian^1 Devices: Nokia 5228, Nokia 5230, Nokia 5233, Nokia 5235 , Nokia 5250, Nokia 5530 XpressMusic, Nokia 5800 XpressMusic, Nokia 5800 Navigation Edition, Nokia C5-03, Nokia C6-00, Nokia N97, Nokia N97 mini and Nokia X6.&lt;br /&gt;You may also check theTop 10 S60v5 Games For 2010.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) Angry Birds:&lt;br /&gt;If you have S^3 or S^1 Mobile, you must have Angry Birds played the #1st top most popular and downloaded ranked #1 game for the year which never let you bored anytime, anywhere. Seeing its popularity, this game also comes with latest symbian deviced with a demo.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2) Asphalt 5 HD&lt;br /&gt;Asphalt 5 HD #2nd Top and most played Symbian v5 Cars Racing Game with 3D Motion Sensor with more than 30 fastest and top model dream cars at worldwide cities re-tracked in high graphics with motion sensor which never let you bore.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3) Angry Birds Seasons Easter Eggs&lt;br /&gt;Angry Birds Seasons latest Spring version Easter Eggs coded by RovioMobile Signed Retail for Symbian^1 and Symbian^3 Game. Updated episode of Angry Birds Game the most generous update with delicious chocolate eggs and easter bunnies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4) Fruit Ninja&lt;br /&gt;Fruit Ninja Symbian Touch game a juice, squishy and fruit cutting / slashing, the Top Action Game on Symbian device, coded by Gameplay. This game make you a true ninja warrior on Symbian^3 Touch Device in three modes &amp; unlockable blades to keep you entertained for hours.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5) Spider Man Total Mayhem HD&lt;br /&gt;pider Man Total Mayhem High Definition Touch Symbian^1 &amp; Symbian^2 Action Game where you complete different long level missions to fight &amp; defend New York against madness of enemies using spiderman’s all powers to save the city with eye catching graphics.&lt;br /&gt;Avatar HD one of the Top Adventure Symbian Touch Game with impressive or sensational graphics where you get a chance to go deeper into Avatar village and help them protecting their world from Humans by accepting different missions and fights.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7) Qvik Wooden Labyrinth 3D&lt;br /&gt;Qvik Wooden Labyrinth 3D Top Playing Puzzle Game for Symbian 5th edition OS 9.4 &amp; 9.5 Touch Devices play by shacking &amp; balancing mobiles to jump and pass the ball like Marble Maze game where a rolled marble around a maze need to exit to win different rounds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8) Need For Speed Shift HD&lt;br /&gt;Need for Speed Shift HD Sensor Motion another S60v5 Top ranked best car racing game for touch devices free downloaded and drive with World’s top drivers inside dreaming, fastest &amp; hottest cars on your sensor devices.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9) UNO HD Cards Game&lt;br /&gt;UNO HD, the Top &amp; World’s famous ranked playing Symbian S60v5 challenging multiplayer card game while your boring time on S^3 Smartphones where you have to follow the exciting new rules and even can play multiplayer mode via Wi-Fi with your friends and family. In UNO™ HD Game by Gameloft match colors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10) Hero of Sparta HD&lt;br /&gt;Hero of Sparta HD King Warrior Legend game to defeat enemies and conquer their assets. HOS HD is a new but became very famous in short time and ranked Top Action Adventure Battle Mission Defending Game for Symbian S60v5 Devices can be found less in touchscreen mobiles up-till now.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 26-08-2011&lt;br /&gt;Bon-Z's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;Bon-Z Bon-Z is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2006&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 4,390&lt;br /&gt;Re: Top 10 Symbian S^3 &amp; S60v5 Mobile Games for 2011 (HoT)&lt;br /&gt;Angry birds is no doubt the best game for touchscreen mobile phone this days that you cant live without. It has got all the drama, accuracy, addiction and simply an enjoyable comedy sort of gameplay which differentiates it from all the game played on the touchscreen mobile till now. I have played all the versions and completed it almost 5 times till now.&lt;br /&gt;__________________&lt;br /&gt;In The Absence Of Light&lt;br /&gt;Darkness Prevail's&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 26-08-2011&lt;br /&gt;cess17 cess17 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Aug 2011&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 2&lt;br /&gt;Re: Top 10 Symbian S^3 &amp; S60v5 Mobile Games for 2011 (HoT)&lt;br /&gt;i got an Nokia N98+ chinaphone i have a problem interms of downloading and installing games . the java games that i downloaded did not work what should i do. thanks&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 07-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;hansgudi hansgudi is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2011&lt;br /&gt;Location: pen raigad,maharashtra&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 2&lt;br /&gt;OMFG Re: Top 10 Symbian S^3 &amp; S60v5 Mobile Games for 2011 (HoT)&lt;br /&gt;Symbian^3 Devices: [i]Nokia N8&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) Angry Birds:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2) Asphalt 5 HD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3) Angry Birds Seasons Easter Eggs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4) Fruit Ninja&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5) Spider Man Total Mayhem HD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7) Qvik Wooden Labyrinth 3D&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8) Need For Speed Shift HD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9) UNO HD Cards Game&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10) Hero of Sparta HD&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-5145040038035862385?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/5145040038035862385/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/top-10-symbian-s3-s60v5-mobile-games.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5145040038035862385'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5145040038035862385'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/top-10-symbian-s3-s60v5-mobile-games.html' title='Top 10 Symbian S^3 &amp; S60v5 Mobile Games for 2011 (HoT)'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-3944226191293585694</id><published>2012-02-05T08:14:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:14:10.493-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to install Windows 7 on a virtual hard disk (VHD) in 10 steps</title><content type='html'>You want to test Windows 7, without impacting your current installation of Windows XP or Vista on your desktop? A possible solution is: Boot from VHD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To facilitate testing of Windows 7 with minimal impact on the existing OS, I recommend using a new feature called Windows 7 "Boot from VHD. It is the ability to boot the system on a virtual disk (physically represented by a *. vhd file on your disk).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The idea is to create a *. vhd file to be viewed by the Boot Manager (the program run at startup of your machine, which runs your operating system) as a physical disk, and install Windows 7 on this virtual disk. With this technique, there is no impacte on the structure of your physical disk, and it has no OS currently installed: minimizing the risks!&lt;br /&gt;The advantage of this technique compared with virtualization solutions on the workstation (Virtual PC, VM Ware, ...) is that the performance of the system in the virtual disk is done natively on the hardware resources of your PC, and not not by an emulation layer that may degrade performance significantly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With this technique, constraints / impacts that come to mind are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Occupying a space of 6 GB of storage for the virtual disk (*. vhd)&lt;br /&gt;    Replacing the boot manager of your current OS (Vista / XP) with that of Windows 7 to support the "boot from VHD"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;__________________&lt;br /&gt;Preview- NVIDIA QuadSLI, Guide:To Copy DVD Movies, Tutorial - Best Google Searching Tips, Review : Nokia n92, Review:o2 XDA Exec,&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 07-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;Mastermind's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;Mastermind Mastermind is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Aug 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 406&lt;br /&gt;Installing Windows 7 on a VHD disc in 10 steps&lt;br /&gt;How to Install Windows 7 on a VHD disc in 10 steps&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you accept the constraints described above, I propose the following procedure, which I think is the easiest way to install Windows 7 on a virtual disk in multi-boot:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Back up your critical data / priority (good practice in general)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Free up space on your physical disk to be at least 6 GB of free space (to allow more applications to be installed / tested later)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Restart your system from the installation DVD of Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Instead of proceeding with the installation, choose "Repair"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. The setup program offers to repair the system, this has no impact because we do not really fix the current system. Select the version of Windows currently installed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Among the options, select Command Prompt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. We will then create a virtual disk (*. vhd) and then install Windows 7, using the utility Diskpart.exe, monitoring of the following commands to create a virtual disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;create vdisk file = c: \ vhd \ \ win7beta.vhd max = 32000&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;select vdisk file = c: \ vhd \ win7beta.vhd&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;attach vdisk&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;exit&lt;br /&gt;Vdisk create command file = "xxx" maximum = yyy can set the size of your virtual disk. Allow enough space for your applications. In the example, I chose to create a virtual disk represented by c: \ win7beta.vhd size of 32 GB.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The command attach vdisk, preceded by select vdisk file = xxx is used to mount your virtual disk to physical disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Then the Windows Setup program by typing setup.exe 7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Take the home screen, select language and keyboard and user license (EULA). Then proceed to installation mode Custom (Advanced).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Windows will then display a selection screen of the destination disk for the new facility. Select the newly created virtual drive (you find in relation to the size set with the command create vdisk file = "xxx" yyy = maximum, 32 GB in the example), then click Next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The setup continues as normal, and you managed your installation of Windows 7 VHD on a disc!&lt;br /&gt;__________________&lt;br /&gt;Preview- NVIDIA QuadSLI, Guide:To Copy DVD Movies, Tutorial - Best Google Searching Tips, Review : Nokia n92, Review:o2 XDA Exec,&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 07-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;Mastermind's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;Mastermind Mastermind is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Aug 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 406&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to install Windows 7 on a virtual hard disk (VHD)&lt;br /&gt;Reboot and multi-boot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once installation is complete, the startup of your computer screen offers a selection of the system to run. This is done by the Windows Boot Manager 7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now look at the structure of our hard disk. For Windows 7, the physical disk is tipped as a drive "D". Player "C" corresponds to our virtual disk (*. vhd) newly created.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you restart the computer from your old operating system (Vista in my example), you're strictly in the same situation as before the installation of Windows 7, with a little less disk space (corresponding to *. vhd file that represents the new virtual disk).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Backspace&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the technique described in this ticket you can easily revert back to cancel the installation or re-install a new version of Windows 7 (Beta version expires on 1 August 2009).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To return to the initial context, you just have to use the bcdedit.exe (Boot Configuration Database Editor) to change the Boot Manager from Windows 7, and delete the *. vhd file after you restart your previous OS .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here's how:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Open a command window in Administrator mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Bcdedit.exe Run / v to obtain the configuration of the Boot Manager. The utility displays the different sections of the configuration of the Boot Manager.&lt;br /&gt;Select and copy the identifier of the section for Windows 7 description to the clipboard (using the context menu by righ&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-3944226191293585694?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/3944226191293585694/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-install-windows-7-on-virtual.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/3944226191293585694'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/3944226191293585694'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-install-windows-7-on-virtual.html' title='How to install Windows 7 on a virtual hard disk (VHD) in 10 steps'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-640872563684768236</id><published>2012-02-05T08:13:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:13:43.168-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception PS3 Walkthrough</title><content type='html'>Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception is a third person action adventure game. In this game you will control or be Nathan Drake. There are number of tactics and other actions you can perform and customize. Currently there is more editing done to one to one combat system. The key controls and assignments are done well in the game. You will need sometime to learn the controls and customization in the game. Talking about the gameplay environment, it is similar to some games I played before. You can hide to cover yourself between walls and corners. A similar to cowboy type movies. There are enemies which are hidden and to take them out you have only once chance. There are puzzles and mysteries in the game also. You can unlock various stuff and carry various upgrades in the game which directs you towards the next objective.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Those how has gone with the older version of this game, will have a bit idea about the current gameplay. There are special treasures which are hidden and which can only be found by reaching those places. The more treasure you collect the more medal you get. There are alternative to customize the costume, get weapons, and go for upgrade or unlimited ammo. This comes under the game bonus list.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gameplot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception begins with an fictions story where the main game characters Nathan Drake finds himself in the mid of old centaury conspiracy. He is a famous explorer who travels to distant lands in search for treasures. But in his current search he finds himself in a ancient world secret. The treasure was lot for more centuries ever found by anyone. This attitude towards quest takes him to the hunt. Supported by this partner Victor Sullivan, Drake move across Europe towards Middle East following the footstep of Lawrence of Arabia. He is finding clue for a buried city called The Atlantis of Sand which is lost in time. The adventure consists of mysteries and journey towards unknown part of earth where wealth is abundance in the lost city. Drake has to fight for survival and endurance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception Multiplayer Mode :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is lot more to do in Multiplayer mode in Uncharted 3: Drake Deception. This is something done good in the game. Having a multiplayer game mode really makes the game more popular rather playing a single player story mode gameplay. This adds some more to do after the game completion. Under the Multiplayer Mode Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception gives you more action-Adventure experience. With awesome graphic and campaigns you got a chance to play more. Multiplayer game has better location and something additions to single player. It increases more competitive gameplay. With new and improved customization feature you have option to choose your own type for game style. You can pick the players to begin your campaign.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From characters to weapons all is customization. The game provides a kind of balancing system which lets the game to stay in competition. The game chooses the matches as per the player’s levels and creates a team. The buddy system lets you to create a team of friends. This is a advantage on the game over others.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1 - Another Round&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The game beings with a cutscene where Nathan is walking with Victor Sullivan. They enter a building and go upstairs. This is a hotel called as Pelican Inn. Above two other game characters join them. They are Charlie &amp; Talbot. After a kind of money negotiation Francis Drake receives some money in exchange of his ring. But Nanthan Drake found that the money is fake and now he has to get the ring back which result in a fight with huge gang. The thugs engage to beat him up fully. At this place you have to lower yourself and then start fight. The thugs are around the room and some of them are at the lower side. Go to the kitchen and be with Sully. Check the jukebox in the game to get your treasure. There will be more thugs in the kitchen. The first chapter is mainly to teach you the controls.. Follow the screen instruction to get the right move.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2 - Greatness from Small Beginnings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nathan Drake is no in museum. He finds Francis Drakes ring here. In this part try to search to the right of stairs. You can find something there. This is a kind of puzzle level where you to find a clue. Search near the vase somewhere to find the treasure. Follow Sully here to move further. More time will be wasted in searching the ring and you will earn trophies also here. Following sully will give you more information on searching for clues. You will also find a custscene in the mid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At the bar you will need to climb up on a pipe and go towards the window. As you jump grab the column. Swing to the next balcony and move on. You can find a jaguar head in plant. This is your another treasure. Keep moving on the building till you get on ledge and then on the roof. Go above the hotel sign. You have to find a way down to street now. Follow sully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3 - Second-Story Work&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the roof to move ahead you will need to cross the rope first. You can see a box ahead. You can see that if you are at the higher part of roof. Cross the rooftop and jump to swing to the next one. You will need to get a good control to reach the next roof. The objective in this game is to find a whistle which is on the ground near the bench. Enter the museum and you can see a diving suit there. There is a pendant on the suit. You will need to take that. Go towards the center I the room and pickup a coin from the display case. As you are in the room a new cutscene beings here. Go the above part of the room and you can see a gate. Again you will need to run over the root an on the right you can see another building. Find the planks to reach the building. You will need to avoid falling here. You can pass between the apartments and to go over the next window.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4 - Run to Ground&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the next room you see a ladder leading to the ceiling of the room. To get there, you have to climb up on the right side of the room. In the space above you have to re-enter at a gate that is above you. To this end, the channels used on the wall and climb right through the small passage. Then you can with a lever by moving each of Sully, which opens the gate. Climb to the gate and turns you around again. You should discover a treasure in the grooves in the wall, if you have not taken it yet.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then follows the path through the now opened gate and you end up in a dead end. If you have not seen the other way, you have behind you turn left just after the gate, where she discovered a narrow passage through which you can go now. Follow the trails through the caves down.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 08-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception PS3 Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 5 - London Underground&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At this leave you have to use the lion and elephant heads to move. The game chapter begins with a cutscene which guides you for the current objective. You can start by climbing the ladder towards your left side. Lookout for a guard in the room which is nearby the wall. You cannot see until you reach nearby to him. It is necessary to quietly handle the guards without triggering the alarm. Follow the screen control instructions to take the guards quietly. Go to upstairs to see the new cutscreen. You have to check about the Lion and elephants heads on the wall to get the treasure. Climb to the wall on the left. Again reach towards the table in center to begin with a new cutscene. At this stage you will also need to climb around the paintings and jump over the pillar. Go the top of the shelf. Kill the two guards which will led to start a new cutscene. There are more enemies behind the pillar. You can collect the weapons from the enemies for future reference. Above the top floor on the library, you can see a case which has treasure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Below you can cover yourself by hiding in the hole near the wall. By hiding you will need to bring down two more enemies. Keep moving as you are doing to face larger enemies in the front area. You have to take them all down as you keep moving. To collect another treasure is bit tough here. You can see a big clock. The treasure is in that. You have to shoot the clock and then ride above the train to collect the treasure. The number of enemy’s attacks is higher here. Go above the ladder and find cover. You have to take down more enemies here. You will need to collect the treasure from track and the move towards the final room. As you enter kill some enemies move and close the door which will led to completion of chapter. In this game Sully and Cutter will do a major work. So get low damages you must keep yourself more cover. You can collect enough ammo from this room. So keep firing instead of saving more ammo. Avoiding some distance enemies will not cost you much.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 6 - The Chateau&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you were able to watch a longer movie, you are now in France and look for clues to the city in the largest desert in the world. Follow the path through the forest and soon you see in the distance the castle from which the records were talking about. In the records there was unfortunately no gorge that separates you from the castle now, so you must now find a way to get around this canyon. Go to the ruins where you will see a small statue of a Satyr with a flute and then climbs onto the columns to move you to the precipice. You reach a cave, through which it also comes with a few layers to finally climb to get over the tree trunk will lead you to the castle.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After the overturned rack was set up again, you may go with the help of the upper floor. Here you have to use the hanging chandelier to reach the other side where the lever is in the wall. This lever you have to rotate a few times now, so the second Chandelier is hoisted again. With this chandelier, you can now go to the top of the bar and push away so the bar one more piece that Sully can open the door. Now jump back down and follows Sully through the door. In the adjacent field you must simply follow the path and the second Floor over a wall into the adjoining room so that you will finally jump into the entrance hall of the castle. Once you run up the stairs, you will notice the old tower, which will now be your next destination. Now jump to get out of the window to the left of you in the garden. You should be right back here to the left to turn into an old section of the castle where you can get to the back right corner by a pile of lumber.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the next room you noticed above the fireplace, the same symbol as that which was also seen on the tower. So you should now consider the space more accurately. You'll notice the 4 suits of armor in the corners of the room, which also has its information in your diary. The information in the diary must be interpreted:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The knight with the shield, look at the knight with an ax.&lt;br /&gt;    The knight with an ax, look at the knight with the shield.&lt;br /&gt;    The knight with the morning star, look at the knight with the shield.&lt;br /&gt;    The knight with the sword, look at the knight with an ax.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you have done everything correctly, a passage opens to the fireplace. However, before you use it, you should in the adjoining room the treasure of the curtain rod to shoot and then collect. After you have used the passage, Nate will fall through the floor again and you are stuck in a cave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Run with Nate now through the cave, and you squeeze through the narrow passage. You will then end up in water and must shortly appear. You must not dive too long because it eventually die if you do not let Nate breathe again. Follow the path and then further you reach a canyon where a light shines from above. Jump to land on the left to gorge on a small platform, which you can continue to climb their way. Once you're reached the top, you will experience a nasty surprise. Marlowe's henchmen are everywhere and look after you, so you should now again be careful. Turns out immediately once the guard standing at the fountain. Now you must decide how you turn off the people. However, you should not stop at the fountain, the fountain there is a death trap quickly. As long as you continue to have attacked anyone yet, and they will not see you until you can even move and explore the situation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Turns off and holed a few people you either on a higher position or remains in constant motion. Once you've killed all enemies, be at the top of two open windows reappear where two opponents. Kill them and you then just goes there, so it reaches the other side of the gate. Here you will again show an opponent with the shotgun and then you can you let off steam with grenades. Turns out the two enemies with grenades and continues to move you. Here you will now attacked by 2 other opponents also have to get hurt one grenade, which they die by the explosion and a small crack in the wall is free, could pass through it. Once you are slipped through the masonry, it already sounds like Marlowe's men to make anybody continuous fire.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Of course, Sully is the one who is attacked by Marlowe's men. Therefore you have to help him only once against the attacking enemy. You have to use grenades again you can, actually, you should also make sure that some of Marlowe's men come running up to you, too. Once you've survived the first onslaught, more enemies will come to you now but back at you, Sully. Does not stand in the gate, because there are often tossed grenades and it can happen that you, Sully gets in the way. Runs better on the court and behind the old walls you looking for protection and care to and after the enemy. Once you kill all enemies, you have the stairs to the first Stock here and at the other end of the aisle to leave the door along with Sully. Then you are at last arrived in the tower.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once in the tower, you must solve a puzzle in the same basement. You see a lot of platforms with different symbols on the floor. Here you are again the diary of Nate some tips. You must start at the bottom icon and have to run exactly the symbols in the book showed. To help we have made a small picture, which should contribute to the solution. Once you have selected the right platforms to open a secret passage, and it gets into a very old laboratory. Sully helps you here by turns light and you can look around you, Sun considering the things on the altar and then figure out, there is a secret passage under the altar. Pushes along with Sully the altar to the side and head up to the hole.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you follow the path through the cave, you reach the family tomb of the crusader who knows any thing about the secret city in the desert. However, this tomb is again protected with a puzzle. Can be found on the ground a few areas change depending on your orientation icon. The areas which symbols to describe the symbol that you have to use lie. You need the symbols for eagle, lion, horse and bull lay on the symbols that are between the symbols on the floor. To help, we have also made a drawing to you as best we can to help. Once you've arranged the symbols correctly, will open the entrance to the grave and you get the desired object, then you will be taken off again but the amulet in a cutscene.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 7 - Stay in the Light&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After you have had to leave the amulet Marlowe's men attack you are masses of small spiders. At the beginning you should always stay near Sully, since the spiders fear the fire. You must discover the hole in the top left of the wall, so Sully goes in the direction. Then you have the endurance to escape from the spiders, because you have no more fire, that you are somehow light. Will not always run on and jump over the various obstacles to be killed by the spiders. After some time she finally reached the open air again. Once you've shaken off the spiders, you have to again follow the path to the castle, so you can back away from the castle. This simply jumps into the hole in the corner and are moving on the ledges and rafters on the other side. Through the rotten timbers such a way Sully is for free so that he can follow you to the other side.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shortly thereafter, you will meet again on some of Marlowe's men who are about to spill gasoline everywhere. Shoot people with cans of gasoline, so they fly into the air and her so the guys have ever done. Once you're out, however, moved across the narrow ledges on the other hand, Marlowe's men set to start this fire. You must defeat a few opponents the way you even while the fire is getting bigger. Help Sully giving Him the beams of the ceiling together so he can over to you. Kill all enemies that now attack you, so that Sully can help you escape. However, it does not work because you will be hindered by a fire, explosion and a new path which is free. During this time, your environment is already complete burning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Take the only path which lies before you, which you'll again briefly separated from Sully, as their into the ground. Climbs over the narrow wooden plank until about the middle and then quickly jump up to the wall projections that ye enter not into the fire. Uses the bars and walls to save you about Sully. Sully opens a door and you stand together again in a burning hell. Here now is a great opponent to fight against you. You must defeat him in combat, but he holds out very much, so you should always be prepared to dodge his blows. Once you kill him, you must still kill some other opponents who should continue to cause any problems. Once you want to follow Sully to the exit, it explodes again and you will be thrown into a burning hell.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are now in a stairwell, and below you burn everything. Sully quickly follows the way up and jumps over the obstacles to their foot. Here Sully has to help you now, while you have to kill the enemies that come from above. Once they are dead, Sully has freed you, and you must continue to follow up the stairs. A short time later, a whole lot stairs will break before you, where you must now come up with a climbing position to Sully. You have to get here, hurry up with the climbing, falling down from above as burning wreckage and pull you down with, if they touch you. Once you arrive at Sully, he will help you up, and you have to walk up stairs, the last part. Here, however, this time crashing the whole staircase and Sully will also hang over the abyss. Climb quickly to help him up and him that he does not crash. Sully then climbs along with the first safe, adjoining room.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let you fall into the next room and kill all enemies in the next area. After a short time by the fire rip down a wooden plank, which help you to come to the next floor. Here you will find a ladder at the end of the corridor leading to the roof, then jumping over the fire hole and used the ladder to get onto the roof. On the roof, now everything will go haywire. First, the entire roof collapsed gradually, and on the other hand, the entire tower in the background fall onto the roof. You have to get here extremely hurry, lest you fall from the roof or the tower you get caught. Once you've survived the obstacle course, you are safe and are escaping the inferno. Were you there but pursued, is one that you can have the other two, the same problem and she decides to follow them quickly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 8 - The Citadel&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Welcome to Syria. Nate and Sully have now done so on the way, to see if Chloe and Charlie is something happening. At the beginning it is, as always in front of closed doors. So jump left onto the parapet wall and the tower climbs so high at the barred entrance to bypass. At the top you can follow the trail over the wall and go up to the next tower. Here you have to climb up once again to also look at whether you have to expect some resistance. Once you're in the tower, you will get it back to do some of Marlowe's men. You have to be careful here, because they like you throw grenades with limited space and you have to avoid because they can attack you from all sides. Once you kill all enemies, Sully, you can let in through the gate and open the door with his help on the other side.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can now enter the square, which is in front of you. Is this the right and open the iron gate, by destroying the lock with one shot. Go into the catacombs and look around you. You can not open the next gate, because the castle is located on the other side. Go to the water bucket hanging over the well, and you turn depends on him. Sully will let you down now, so you can look down to you. Below are three guards who have to turn it and you can also find a treasure here in the left corner of the room. In one room you can climb the wall to the right, making her come out on the other side, and thus open the door from a distance Sully can. Follow the path to go ahead and you reach a locked door also, but this time it will be open from Sully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you have come to the place, look around a little and you hit behind an open door to Chloe and Charlie. They tell you what they have achieved everything and what is happening while you were with Nate in France. Then she decides to go to the summit of the citadel. Go on up the stairs and you will see the highest tower of the Citadel and he is protected by several guards. You have to get four of us now struggle through the guards and then take the big entrance to get to a large staircase to the tower. Charlie opens the door together and arms you with the weapons lying around everywhere. Now go up the stairs to the top. Here again you can expect some old friends and enemies with heavy armor and helmets. Once you want to climb to the next floor, plunges down a portion of the stairs. Climb over the rocks and you will be attacked by two guards, who get bogged down with a grenade. The explosion of the grenade exploded and Nate are both opponents of the tower and now you have to quickly get into the tower.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will be attacked from above, from below and from the side. Only the individual stones of the tower you can keep them from harm. Climbs with the help of chains and stones back into the tower and does attack any enemies that your companion. Then you need a door to go upstairs, you locked the back of a large types. Defeat him in combat and you can continue your way up the tower. Imagine along with Charlie on the highest point and you take his telescope. You must now locate the Big Dipper in the night sky and then go directly from the bottom star to the right to get to the Pole Star. As soon as Nate says he has it, you need only look straighter down, where you'll find the entrance to the hideout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While you have found the doorway, Marlowe's men have now taken a position and start lobbing rockets at you. Drain want to run on the large wall to the rope by which ye and take the sniper rifle at you. With the sniper rifle you have to switch off now by and by the opponents, but you have to be careful here, because the aim damn good opponent and you turn off very quickly when they meet you. After you've turned off all enemies, Sully and Chloe make it to use the wire but Nate and Charlie are not so lucky.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have now fast together with Charlie over the roofs and ruins looking for protection from the missiles will shoot at you. Escape as soon as you are, you see that you are very close to the entrance to the hideout. So you let yourself be persuaded by Charlie to go to the tower, instead of you to meet with Sully and Chloe. To get to the tower you must first overcome a lot of enemies again. Some will move on you, but others will hide behind things and you permanently shoot from a distance. Seek out somewhere protection and kills an opponent after another, or waiting for the opponent come to you so you can turn them off in the melee.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you kill all enemies, you can move you to the tower. The tower is unfortunately not a hiding place, but instead you see an additional icon on the bottom from which you need to search again for the next symbol. This time you have on the floor looking for a compass, which is located on the right side of the courtyard. Once you've found it, you have to look only straight up and you will find some of your old columns will be the next target. However, you must now endure a new wave of enemies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This time you're dealing with even more enemies, and much more snipers, luckily help you this time Sully and Chloe from a distance with missile launchers. Turn right at the beginning of some snipers, so you can move and shoot as well and better on each opponent. The only opponent that you are truly dangerous who come to run to your position to you to kill at close range. Always careful that there are no enemies around you and kill the enemies who try. Finally, two snipers appear again, but will also help you here again Sully and Chloe. After all enemies are done, you can push through the ruined tower by the last rocket to Chloe and Sully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shortly afterwards, after you're back collided with Chloe and Sully, you reach the three pillars. Scans now the spaces between the columns and also the dark left corner next to the three pillars. This triggers a cutscene, in which Charlie injects a strange means of Talbot gets. He becomes submissive and Talbot listens to everything that says this. Charlie because he now has the diary and then Charlie is extremely confused, you do not have more information and have to come so clear. Once Chloe says something about the column in the middle, you can move them and so uncover the secret entrance. Charlie is still confused and do not listen to Nate, but Chloe can convince him to come along.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-640872563684768236?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/640872563684768236/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/uncharted-3-drakes-deception-ps3.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/640872563684768236'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/640872563684768236'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/uncharted-3-drakes-deception-ps3.html' title='Uncharted 3: Drakes Deception PS3 Walkthrough'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-4272892293419940406</id><published>2012-02-05T08:13:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:13:18.823-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Xbox 360 Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats</title><content type='html'>Found on the official website that the game is set to release for Xbox 360. Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 as the name says is a part of famous Call of Duty series. The acclaimed on the sales on first day simply shows the popularity. It is vastly popular game whose old series are termed as one of the major hit. Call of Duty series is once of widely played multiplayer video game. Call of Duty a multi million game series which is widely acclaimed and played offline as well as online. This game provides an instant battle mode with all thrill and realist approach. War games are never such a hit like this. Current series has fantastic action and modes. FPS based gameplay, with ammos and vehicles are extra add-ons on the game. The gameplay just makes you feel like you are in war. This time Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 has a more number of maps. The co-op mode is also well designed. As we already know there is nothing new in the game plot. The goal seems to be impressive. This can be termed as one of the best Call of Duty campaign.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Beginners tips:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    It is necessary to learn the route first. Dying few times in first case doesn’t matter much. You are in an open fight. So getting dead is easy. The game has a system of regenerating health which can make you better in the war place. Or else you will go back on spawn location.&lt;br /&gt;    Try to choose the right weapon. The weapon balance is more important here.&lt;br /&gt;    It is better to take cover wherever needed. Co-op mode is better. Get some cover wherever needed. Your compass is your guidance and commands which will give you instant nearby help. You can hide and fire some shots without getting noticed.&lt;br /&gt;    Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 helps the player more through auto aim. By pressing the key LT you can zoom the enemy and lock the target. This gives you single headshot kill. This method is not only good of killing the enemies but also to locate them. I will recommend you to keep an eye on compass so that you can find the most nearby friendly troops.&lt;br /&gt;    Ignoring the compass is not a good idea. The compass not only guides your direction but also indicates the location of enemies. So you can judge where to go. The red dots which are similar to all older series are the enemies. Right now new additions which is star marking on the compass. This star is the place where you have to go and fulfill your objective.&lt;br /&gt;    At time you can carry maximum two weapons. So it is better to keep a rifle with you. A gun is handier so that if you are out of ammo this can save your still till you get help.&lt;br /&gt;    Grenades are another important weapon you carry. Enemies are smart enough to get out of the way where you throw grenade or throw the same back on you. You must use them at short or long distance or blow up a tank, etc. This a bit risky job. You can throw back the grenades which are thrown on you. As the grenades lands on your feet you can see a fist icon. X is to pick it up and RB is like to throw. But you need to do it quiet fast. Not really recommended for beginners.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Walkthrough:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1 - Saint Lo&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first chapter is Saint Lo. The first chapter indicates mostly some training so that you can get use to the controls and learn games statistics. Begin with a M1 Garand. At distance you can see some soldiers. Shoo them up one by one. Do not jump out fast, or you will get killed. This is the place where you can get used to the auto aim system. You will need to learn properly how to first locate the enemies and kill them with one hit. Try to make the cross hair at right position and shoot. The lock system lets you to lock the target. This is really very useful to find enemies quickly in the place. You can find some grenades here. Use them to throw in windows and door and then enter. This will kill and even disrupts the enemies. When you hold the grenade you can see the red circle in place of your crosshair. You will need to throw it properly before time. In the same way you can use smoke grenade also. There are other more controls that you have to use. Like crouching under a wire fence and reaching the machine gun. Many weapons this time are on the file itself rather getting a kit of weapons in the old series. This part is for your training.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you are in war try to take the most nearest cover. Like the gate in the first scene. You have to reach a church in the game which is located in the north east direction. The compass will guide. To reach the church you will need to move by taking ever cover you get. The Nazi soldiers are on the field and their aim is on you. So do not hop wildly. In this part many of your enemies are at distant. So carry a rifle and grenade with you. To get in the Church you will need to clear the patch and then move. Enemies are mostly hiding behind the wall in the corner. Mostly enemies are hidden and if you can get the location you can throw grenade. Do not come in view of the tank. Leave the tank and move. Now you can see a broken house. There are some soldiers who will attack. Try to shoot as fast as you can.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you deal with the soldiers you have to find the tanks and destroy them. This is your objective. You can get in the tank by holding X and locate the enemies. Use the left stick for that. You find the target you can see the enemies flags. The screen guides you about the buttons instructions. You have to find tanks here. Later on you can see a building where you will need to enter via broken wall. Now you will need a machine gun here. The building has enemies you have to move upstairs and search them and kill them. You will need to get the control of building. As it is said you will need to move via cover to cover to reach properly. At the end you will also need to hold the target to get capture till the support comes. Mostly stairway is the part to defend the most.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Xbox 360 Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2 - The Island&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the mission being I will recommend to stay behind the tank. The tank will keep killing enemies and moving. You can take cover to reach the maximum distance. The tank will help you to get cover from attack. Later on you can hide behind the sandbags on your ay. As you move you can see a house. Move slowly now. There are number of soldier waiting for you’re to join and move ahead. Now you will need to follow this squad. Do not leave any enemy soldier. Clear the barn and move to the house. There are certain Nazi soldiers who are on the above part. When you are in take cover towards the wall. Take the enemies so that you can reach the first floor. Search the house and kill the enemies. Check the compass and reach the place which is marked as star. This is the part where you have to find your squad.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now again in the next objective you get an objective to reach a broken house and get control. You will need to eliminate the threats and clear your way for the squads. Follow the squad if you found no way and do not forget to take cover in most places. Clear the coast, destroy bunkers and kill enemies. You will need to clear the coast for others to reach safely. You can also shoot the barrels to blow truck off. There are certain checkpoints in the game. You have to reach each of them slowly by elimination threats. Once you regain the control the compass shows you the star marking where you need to reach to get new objective.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3 - Night Drop&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you are in this level your characters changes entirely. You are now Sgt Doyle. He is a soldier of Special Air Service of British Army. The chapters bring you entirely a new gameplay. You will be airborne and drop in mid of enemy territory. You will learn the skill of parachute landing here. Follow Pierre (another game character). He will take you to your squad. Follow the squad now to get patch. You can find the German soldiers in the bus. You will need to properly sneak and hit. Because you can get killed to easily here. Try to be the first to attack. You can find rifle on the body of killed soldiers it is Kar 98K.Pick that up and move. By slowly moving you can find the enemies location. It is better to hide and attack. To kill a number of enemies at one time you can throw grenade slowly without getting noticed. But remember when you throw the grenade, it will alert other enemy soldiers. So do not haste. Stay behind. Inside the house you can find more grenades. Now you can take the rifle and kill each enemy one by one. Begin with the soldier who holds a machine gun at the top side. Staying covered is important. There are more enemy soldiers on upstairs. You can peak and kill them. You have to clear the way for your squad mates. Hop in the jeep.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now your next objective begins here. You will need to drive the jeep. Controls here are easy to figure out. You will need to drive through fences and broken gates. The compass will show you the location. Do not try to crash with many obstacles as each time you crash you loose some health and you can die. As you pass the second gate more enemies comes out of it. Keep on moving. There is tank waiting for you who will give you a passage. One the jeep part is over you is now in another part of this chapter. There are around two objectives here for you. First you will need to destroy some flak guns and rescue Marcel. Choose any of you want. The compass has indications for the objective. For the Flak gun you can throw grenade on them and wipe out the obstacle. And surely you will be attacked. To destroy a flak gun you will need to play a bomb on that place. Plant the bomb and run. Repeat these steps for all guns. Once when you are done with the gun thing follows your squad. Take some cover.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As enemies will shoot from houses and from behind the fences. Start killing from the left side. Enter a garage and take out the enemies. A soldier is at the top level of house which is visible. Take him out. As you reach in use the grenade to take out the enemies. You will need to take out all enemies in this location. Once you are done follow the squad and get on the jeep. This part is mostly engaged with driving. So you will have to drive fast and carefully. Drive through the gates and make way between the trucks so that you can avoid direct attack on you. Move towards the tracks and drive in between it. Once the station is gone drive towards left and follows the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4 - Mayenne Bridge&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will land in a big battle here. You will need to run behind your squads towards southeast. Enemies are every where here. You can see a house. Enter the house and as you know kill the enemies. Go up and check the rooms there are more enemies hidden inside the house. Get out from the backdoor once all are dead. Shoot the enemies and keep making your way up. Use grenades to kill a couple of enemies together. The enemies are behind the crates and barrel. You can throw grenade on them. Now as you move you can find a room filled with soldiers. They attack instantly, to kill them first take a cover. The squad will help you here. Take everyone slowly and kill the top ne first. You can follow your squad to kill more enemies on the ground. You can make a good use of grenades here from bottom floor. It is important here to find the location of enemies from the place where you are heading. Use your rifle to clear them one by one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Throw grenades and run. Go to the cellar to find up more. Also do not forget to help your squad to wipe out enemies. This level also has the similar type of gameplay. You need to take cover and kill each of them. You can move carefully from one cover to another so that you and reach the exit. You will reach near a dock where there is a boat. You have to secure this dock. So keep moving and kill the enemies and take control over the dock. Once the dock is secure enter with your squad in the board. You objective here to drive the boat. It is necessary to take care of the boat rotation. If you mess this up you can get killed. Be steady do not haste to reach the other end. You can shoot some enemies from the boat itself before getting on the dock. Get the machine gunner from the bed room and move up in the house. Once you get control of this room you are in the next part of game.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will need to enter in the building slowly here. There is a bomb planted here is needed to be diffuses. You can follow the compass to move to the most secure way. Go up in the bar and take cover. You will need to open space for your squad so that then can enter the doorway. Exit from backdoor and kill others. Follow the tank here. Give cover to your fellow soldier. He will plant the bomb no the tank. Take cover and deal with incoming. Follow your squad and go on the top of the house. You will need to kill all the enemies here. You will need to take the fellow soldier towards the bridge and diffuse the bomb. You objective are to give cover fire. Move slowly. The snipers will try to kill your fellow soldier so keep your eye wide open and kill him before.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Xbox 360 Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 5 - Falaise Road&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this part you will operate a machine gun. This gun is fixed on a vehicle. You have to find the enemies fast and open fire on it. The vehicle will surely crash and you will need to move on your floor. Follow the place marked as star in the compass. It will help you to regroup you with your squad. Cover yourself till the squad member opens way for you. Your first objective here is to stop the machine gun. Same, move by taking cover and try to reach the checkpoint. The rocks in the area can be used to take cover. This level has 3 objectives. First you will need capture the mortars in the area. There are around 3. Follow the squad to get the location. Take cover and keep moving. Head towards north side as you can take cover from the machine gun. Clear the enemies and move. You can take down the soldier controlling machine gun with rifle.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will need to neutralize the town and move ahead killing the enemies in the area. The checkpoints let you to regroup with your squads. Make your ways from the smoke grenades and get some cover. Follow the screen directions to get way. It is useful here to use smoke grenades so that you do not get much highlighted. Follow the star in the compass. One you get reunited you can follow the next checkpoint. Reach the building in center and go towards top. You can see a tank and some enemies below. Shot them. You will find a rocket launcher. Use it two blows the tank. Keep yourself cover, because if the tank noticed you, you will get killed. Use smoke grenade to get yourself more secure.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-4272892293419940406?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/4272892293419940406/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/call-of-duty-modern-warfare-3-xbox-360.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4272892293419940406'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4272892293419940406'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/call-of-duty-modern-warfare-3-xbox-360.html' title='Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Xbox 360 Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2445646213567090195</id><published>2012-02-05T08:12:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:12:48.932-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Call Of Duty Black Ops Troubleshooting Guide</title><content type='html'>s I have seen many user of the Call Of Duty is going through the lots of problem with the same. I have gone through lots of tweaks and finally make this troubleshooting guide to help others with their problem. If you can then go through the below given instruction and see whether it is helping you out with the issue of yours or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basic Troubleshooting&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basic troubleshooting for the problem that you are getting it to check for the latest version of the driver for all the hardware/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DirectX&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DirectX can also be the problem with the same. So if you can then it is better to download the latest DirectX for your system and work with the same. To download the latest DirecX you can visit the Microsoft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Latest Windows Update&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is important to have the latest Windows Update to ensure that Windows is running with the latest patch and security updates from Microsoft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Video Card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are having then Ati or AMD Graphic Card then it is better to check the Official site amd.com and find the latest driver for the Graphic Card of yours.&lt;br /&gt;If you are the nVidia user then I will recommend you to go to the download page of the nvidia.com and download the latest driver for the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Steam Beta&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are running with the Steam Beta then it is recommended not to use the same as most of the users are seen with the problem while on Steam Beta.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Verify Game Cache&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To verify the Integrity of Call Of Duty Black Ops check the below given instruction:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Go to Properties&lt;br /&gt;    Go to Local File Tab&lt;br /&gt;    Now Click on “Verify Integrity Of Game Cache”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 19-11-2010&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Call Of Duty Black Ops Troubleshooting Guide&lt;br /&gt;Starting with Troubleshooting&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to express problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    While you are asking the problem related to your issue it is better to let the user know about then System Specification so that user will come to know about the basic problem if related to system specification. If your system is meeting all the specification then to post the configuration of your system&lt;br /&gt;    Here is the system requirement for the Call Of Duty Black Ops.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Minimum system requirements:&lt;br /&gt;        OS: Windows Vista/XP/7&lt;br /&gt;        Processor: Intel Core 2 Duo E6600 or AMD Phenom X3 8750 or better&lt;br /&gt;        Memory: 2GB&lt;br /&gt;        HDD: 12GB&lt;br /&gt;        Video: Shader 3.0 or better 256MB NVIDIA GeForce Radeon X1950Pro 8600GT/ATI or better&lt;br /&gt;        Sound: DirectX 9.0c compatible&lt;br /&gt;        DirectX 9.0c&lt;br /&gt;    To know more about the System Configuration check link Minimum System Requirements for Call of Duty:Black Ops&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Another recommendation is to go with the logfile. To work with the same Go with the below given instruction:&lt;br /&gt;        Navigate to C:\Program Files (x86)\Steam\steamapps\common\call of duty black ops\players\config_mp.cfg"&lt;br /&gt;        Open it text editor&lt;br /&gt;        At the end of file type “seta logfile 1“&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now start game and your game to generate the issue with the Call Of Duty Black Ops.&lt;br /&gt;You will get the logfile.log or logfile_mp.log file in installation folder. Upload this while you are discussing the problem.&lt;br /&gt;To know more about Config file tweaks visit here. Call Of Duty Black Ops Tweaks&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Multiplayer Game Freeze with ATI Readon Card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are using the ATI Raeadon Manufactured Graphic Card and getting the issue like game crash or freeze then I will advise you to disable the Catalyst from the Catalyst Control Center. To access same follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Right Click on Desktop&lt;br /&gt;    Select Catalyst Control Center&lt;br /&gt;    In Graphic Setting Tab, Tick “Disable Catalyst”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most of the user are solving their issue with the same. Also as advised above install the latest driver for your Graphic Card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What If game Crash in Single Player as well as Multiplayer?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If your game is crashing in Single Player Mode as well as Multiplayer mode then go with these step to resolve the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Navigate to C:\Steam\steamapps\common\call of duty black ops\zone\Common&lt;br /&gt;    Delete all “code_post_gfx.FF, code_post_gfx_mp.FF, code_pre_gfx.FF, code_pre_gfx_mp.FF, common.FF, common_mp.FF, common_zombies.FF” Files&lt;br /&gt;    Now “Verify the game cache integrity” (Refer above Instruction)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: If you are using Steam Beta, I will recommend you not to use it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rotation of map causes game freeze&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Steam Beta is causing the issue. So better to not to opt for Steam Beta.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 19-11-2010&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Call Of Duty Black Ops Troubleshooting Guide&lt;br /&gt;Problem with Screen Resolution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to get screen resolution smaller then 800x600?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most of the people are trying to get the screen resolution smaller then the 800x600 but as it is not in the menu. But you can get it working by tweaking into the Config file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Navigate to “C:\Program Files (x86)\Steam\steamapps\common\call of duty black ops\players\config_mp.cfg"&lt;br /&gt;    Find for Seta r_customMode&lt;br /&gt;    Set value to "640x380" i.e. Seta r_customMode “640x380”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unable to set resolution to 640x380 showing error&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are unable to get it working with the same then it might be possible that you are running with the old dvar r_mode, which does not support the "r_customMode".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FOV&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Changing FOV does not work except changing weapon scale&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To take the effect with the FOV you have to go with the respawn after you have changed the FOV. So if you can then go through the same and work with the issue.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Theater Mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unable to run on Theater Mode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are unable to run the theater mode then I will advise you to go with below given step to enable recording in Theater mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Go to C:\Program Files (x86)\Steam\steamapps\common\call of duty black ops\players\config_mp.cfg"&lt;br /&gt;    Open Config_MP.CFG in Notepad&lt;br /&gt;    Add these in end of file&lt;br /&gt;        bind KP_END movie_start Film.avi&lt;br /&gt;        bind KP_PGDN movie_stop Film.avi&lt;br /&gt;    Save the File and close it&lt;br /&gt;    Right click on Config_MP.CFG&lt;br /&gt;    Select Properties from Context Menu&lt;br /&gt;    Select Read Only and click on OK&lt;br /&gt;    Start the game&lt;br /&gt;    Go to main menu&lt;br /&gt;    Change r_clipSize to 1080&lt;br /&gt;    Get into Theater Mode&lt;br /&gt;    Select Edit option and create segment&lt;br /&gt;    Now click button to start recording&lt;br /&gt;    After completing click button for same&lt;br /&gt;    You can play the movie from installation Directory&lt;br /&gt;    Deselect Read only from Config file&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fetching Clips to PC&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;/movie_start &lt;filmName&gt;.AVI&lt;br /&gt;/movie_stop &lt;filmName.AVI&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These are the file that you have to check on Installation Directory&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 19-11-2010&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Call Of Duty Black Ops Troubleshooting Guide&lt;br /&gt;Game Controllers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Want use 360 Gamepad, Is it possible?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you want to use the 360 Gamepad with the Call Of Duty Black Ops then let me tell you that you can easily make the game running with the 360 gamepad with the Single Player as well as Multiplayer mode. Just do the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Start the Game&lt;br /&gt;    Go to Main Menu&lt;br /&gt;    Go to Option Menu&lt;br /&gt;    Go To GamePad category&lt;br /&gt;    Select Enable Gamepad&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Issue with LeaderBoards&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Leaderboards crashes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;T his problem is seen most of the cases when your fiend list is bigger than 100. If you are also having the problem then advise you to go with the removing of some fiend and see whether the issue got resolved or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RCon / Server Related&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Host a server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To host a server you have to pay some amount. There are some site which offers the own server. You can visit the Gameservers for same and own the server for Black Ops.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Change RCon Password&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you wanted to change the RCON password then you have to go to Gameserver and login to account. Now go to setting and change the RCon Password&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Connect to RCON?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you wanted to connect to Remote console then you have to go with the detail discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Start Call Of Duty Black Ops – Remote console&lt;br /&gt;    Type the label&lt;br /&gt;    Type Host IP&lt;br /&gt;    Type Port number&lt;br /&gt;    Type Password&lt;br /&gt;    Click to connect&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Configure an Unranked Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To connect to unranked server you have to first you have to start the Call Of Duty Black Ops – Remote console and after that select the Unranked from the Saved Server. On right pane you will get the configuration control for setting the same. Make the changes and select the Save Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unban User&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you wanted to unban any of the user then you can get it on the Gaming Server console only. The gaming server itself allow you to unban any one.&lt;br /&gt;If you are in the unranked server then you have to go with the RCon Console only which is having the command. Just type the unbanuser username and see whether it is working with the same or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Issue with Single Player&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What if I stuck on some stages?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is possible due to the low frame rate. The low frame rate are caused when the system are are not capable of running with the same. Check this for same Minimum System Requirements for Call of Duty:Black Ops&lt;br /&gt;Also note some point to resolve the issue:&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2445646213567090195?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2445646213567090195/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/call-of-duty-black-ops-troubleshooting.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2445646213567090195'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2445646213567090195'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/call-of-duty-black-ops-troubleshooting.html' title='Call Of Duty Black Ops Troubleshooting Guide'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-8305225996390709250</id><published>2012-02-05T08:12:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:12:23.452-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to install Windows 7 from USB flash drive for Windows XP users</title><content type='html'>Although people get decrease in love with windows 7 system now, it is the most system people use. I learn that many people have upgraded their Windows XP to Win 7. If you trying to install Win7 from USB in Windows XP system, I wean dual system for one computer then you might want to read this&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before installation, you need to meet this requirement:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1-USB Pen Drive (Min 4 GB)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2-Windows 7 ISO (32 bit or 64 bit)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3-MBRwiz –&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download and Extract it on your hard drive (Diskpart utility for Windows XP doesn’t detect USB drive as Disk hence we need to use this free utility to make bootable USB drive).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the USB Flash Drive to your computer Format USB drive. To Format USB Flash Drive Go to My Computer -&gt; Right click on USB drive and select Format from context menu.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Open the command prompt (Run – &gt; cmd) and Type following command convert i: /fs:ntfs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Where “I” is the location of your USB drive)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Mount Windows 7 iso as drive (You can use Freeware MagicDisc download from here).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Type Start-&gt;run-&gt;cmd&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now dir to directory where you have extracted MBRWiz and run following commands&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;mbrwiz /list (note down disk number of your USB Pen drive)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;mbrwiz /disk=X /active=X (X is Disk Number of your USB Drive)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;exit&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Now open another command window and type following command&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;J: (Drive letter of Windows 7 iso mounted with demon tool)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CD boot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;bootsect /nt60 Y: (Y is drive latter of your USB drive )&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Open My Computer and click on “tools” and then folder options and then select the second tab and find the option “show hidden files or folders” select that and make sure “Hide protected operating system files” is NOT checked&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Warning deleting or altering any protected file may make your system unstable or crash. be sure to change this option back at the end of this exercise)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Now copy all files from drive where you have mount Windows 7 iso, remember all the files must be copied to the usb key&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Now reboot your computer and press F12 to get your BIOS boot choice screen (Varies by OEM, Check your Manufacturers Website) and select USB drive as your boot drive. You can also go into your BIOS Settings under “Boot” and arrange boot sequence so USB or Removable Media is on the top of the list&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. If every thing goes fine, Your Windows 7 Installation should start from your USB drive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This should work on not only a USB drive but an external HDD provided the Partition is active and bootable AND your BIOS supports booting from removable media, check your Manufacturers website if you are unsure but most new laptops and computers allow booting from removable media.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This type of install is perfect for laptop that lack an optical drive or units that have a burnt out optical drive. Enjoy this&lt;br /&gt;Last edited by Raj : 16-11-2011 at 04:11 PM. Reason: External Links not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 16-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;ZAHAR ZAHAR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jun 2011&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 232&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to install Windows 7 from USB flash drive for Windows XP users&lt;br /&gt;I use a tool called Unetbootin. This tool lets me to create bootable usb drive. I just need to provide ISO file or any other bootable media. The best thing about this tool is that you can try any kind of operating system on this. It is also possible to create a linux disc on the same. It is quiet easier. Another important thing, it is necessary to format the drive in Fat32 format or else it will not boot properly.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-8305225996390709250?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/8305225996390709250/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-install-windows-7-from-usb-flash.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8305225996390709250'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8305225996390709250'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-install-windows-7-from-usb-flash.html' title='How to install Windows 7 from USB flash drive for Windows XP users'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1863096874126781361</id><published>2012-02-05T08:11:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:11:59.544-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to install Android on Smartphone</title><content type='html'>Surfing the internet constantly hearing about Open Source, Linux, Android and going crazy with curiosity to try it on your Windows Mobile device? This guide will explain step by step how to install the famous operating system from Google on your WM smartphone. Android is an open source operating system based on Linux Kernel. Has multiple functions and a huge saving of resources than Windows Mobile and therefore much faster than the latter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Given the radical diffusion in the market for this OS, there are many network applications that are specifically developed for Android and not feel any lack of Windows Mobile. However, already installed as soon as you find useful in apps including Processes Manager, Explorer, a crowded market and unbelievable but also the terminal. Linux (Root permissions are enabled phone) I leave you only imagine what you can do with a Linux terminal on a smartphone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Contrary to popular belief, the greatest threat to Microsoft in the smartphone market is not Apple's iPhone, but our favorite system: Google Android. This OS has taken the place of Windows Mobile as a manufacturer Multi OS, HTC to Samsung. The biggest advantage of Android for the manufacturers is its price: they must pay for Windows 7 Phone, while the use of Android is free. Microsoft is well aware of this problem and has recently launched a campaign to demonstrate that Android was not worth the trouble. As part of this campaign it launched last weekend a lawsuit for wrongful use of patent against Motorola, one of the first Android smartphone manufacturers in the world.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft said that Android is not free, you must pay the patent for him. Even if Google is not part of this trial, it is easy to guess who is the real objective of this strategy, this step is interpreted as particularly desperate. In short, many high-end phones for a system that will be quite innovative in the user experience but also a brand new operating system. Microsoft chose to start from scratch, integrating Xbox Live and Zune as well as 6 hubs: Contacts (Windows Live, Twitter and Facebook), images, games, music (Zune Marketplace, FM Radio) and Video Marketplace and Office (Office, Outlook Mobile, and One Note).&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;iPhoDroid : Android on iPhone&lt;br /&gt;iPhoDroid : Installing Android on your iPhone&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you know, some time you can install the operating system Android on the iPhone of Apple. Before the project has permission to install the operating system from Google on an iPhone 2G, then came the iPhone 3G release. Up to now, however, the procedure to install the whole thing was rather long and complicated, so many people preferred not to engage in the enterprise. From today, however, install Android on the iPhone will be much easier thanks to iPhoDroid. iPhoDroid is a new program that can automatically install in a jiffy and Android OS on the iPhone EDGE and 3G iPhone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;iPhoDroid automatically transfer all the files needed for running Android on your iPhone, simply and totally secure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IPhoDroid is currently only available for Mac users.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to install Android on your iPhone?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The procedure is almost entirely automatic, but before you must turn off the automatic locking of the iPhone screen (Settings&gt; General&gt; Auto-Lock set the entry to Never).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Requirements before you proceed:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    EDGE or 3G iPhone with 3.1.2 Firmware Jailbroken installed (NOT 3.1.3);&lt;br /&gt;    The device must necessarily have been unlocked by one of the following tools: PwnageTool, or RedSn0w Blackra1n. Spirit is not supported;&lt;br /&gt;    OpenSSH installed with default password (alpine);&lt;br /&gt;    MacFUSE installed on your Mac (if you have not installed, wait until it is the same iPhoDroid to ask for the download and installation to avoid problems);&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note : To avoid problems, disable the automatic lock on your iPhone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start iPhoDroid&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select your device and click Next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select install to those who want to install Android, or those who want to uninstall to uninstall it, and then press Next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enter the password of your Mac session.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enter the IP address of your device.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press Next&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A window will appear. When the controls are stuck on root @ the ip address, it will ask the password. Enter a password you want if you have not changed the default password.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A window like this it should appear:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;How to Dual boot Windows Phone &amp; Android&lt;br /&gt;How to Dual boot Windows Phone &amp; Android&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The principle is very simple for this. For that you will need to install WP7 NAND internal memory and Android on Micro SD. But know that not all Android build mostly the older version support this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Requirement&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Two Micro SD cards, of which a larger like 16 GB that will be used permanently and a smaller around 8 GB that will serve to make some interim operation for temporary purpose.&lt;br /&gt;    A free partition management software such as EASEUS Partition Master Home Edition.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dual boot Windows Phone&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Insert the SD card in your phone and install temporary SD card in WP7&lt;br /&gt;    After running WP7 completely turn off your phone and remove the SD card;&lt;br /&gt;    Insert SD card in both PC and run EASEUS Partition Master Home Edition;&lt;br /&gt;    By EASEUS we see that the temporary card (just removed from the phone) there are 2 partitions, one FAT of 200 MB (where we will install Android, long enough to enlarge) and an "unformatted" (which is basically WP7 and must be left intact)&lt;br /&gt;    Delete any partition totally present in the other SD card that is what will become definitive in the phone&lt;br /&gt;    Copy the two partitions of the temporary card in that final, careful with these things or copy the first partition FAT of 200 MB. The must enlarge to fully use the space of the large SD (less space to leave the "unformatted") is formatted in FAT32 (by setting the fields to 64 kb);&lt;br /&gt;    After that great copy or unformatted leaving it intact in the size and type.&lt;br /&gt;    Copy the distribution of Android (of course must be designed to run from SD) card in FAT32 partition large final&lt;br /&gt;    Insert the SD in the phone finally.&lt;br /&gt;    Restart the phone by holding down the end call key until the menu part of MAGLDR. In this menu you move the volume keys and confirm with the call button.&lt;br /&gt;    Select Boot settings and OK&lt;br /&gt;    Always click on menu and OK so that every time the phone menu will appear MAGLDR to choose to launch Android or WP7.&lt;br /&gt;    Back to the home menu item get back "Services and OK&lt;br /&gt;    Then Choose Boot settings and OK.&lt;br /&gt;    Choose AD SD Dir and confirm.&lt;br /&gt;    Select the folder where Android is installed.&lt;br /&gt;    Restart the phone and be presented with the menu MAGLDR or&lt;br /&gt;    To start WP7 select WPH Boot. And to start Android select AD SD Boot.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;How to install Android Emulator&lt;br /&gt;Common Android Installation Guide&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is common guide which works in most of the Smartphone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    First you will have to partition your microSD card to run Android. To do this use the freeware MiniTool Partition Wizard Home Edition.&lt;br /&gt;    Download the file with the ROM Android NeopeekTeam. The procedure is the same for almost all of the ROM so far developed to be compatible with WM.&lt;br /&gt;    Unpack the downloaded file from the folder and delete the file PUT_STARTUP.TXT_HER and ts-calibration&lt;br /&gt;    Open the folder STARTUP CONFIG. Inside there are other folders with the names of some HTC devices. Explore the folder with the name of your device HTC&lt;br /&gt;    Copy and paste the file in the root folder STARTUP&lt;br /&gt;    Copy all these files in your microSD&lt;br /&gt;    Now we just have to insert the microSD card into any device with an Explorer (I used Resco Explorer but the default WM is fine). Go to the root of the microSD and open the file Haret. As you will see the installation will start immediately and follow the Wizard can perform the calibration of the screen and if you like, see the initial Android Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;    Here it is Android on your Windows Mobile SmartPhone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to install Android Emulator&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mobile phone with Google's Android operating system are selling like crazy. And increasingly use mobile phone manufacturers of this system because it is free. Web page designers should therefore see immediately that their sites come across extremely well on an Android phone. This requires no real Android phone. The free Android emulator sufficient thickness. Google's free Android phone simulator has over other simulators ever a decisive factor: it functions under Windows (XP, Vista), Mac OS X and Linux. Web designers in Linux are free to do so Android is not around.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1863096874126781361?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1863096874126781361/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-install-android-on-smartphone.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1863096874126781361'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1863096874126781361'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-install-android-on-smartphone.html' title='How to install Android on Smartphone'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2878751782858475430</id><published>2012-02-05T08:11:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:11:28.855-08:00</updated><title type='text'>IE7Pro add-on for Internet Explorer</title><content type='html'>IE7Pro is a must have add-on for Internet Explorer, which includes a lot of features and tweaks to make your IE friendlier, more useful, secure and customizable.&lt;br /&gt;IE7Pro includes Tabbed Browsing Management, Spell Check, Inline Search, Super Drag Drop, Crash Recovery, Proxy Switcher, Mouse Gesture, Tab History Browser, Web Accelerator, User Agent Switcher, Webpage Capturer, AD Blocker, Flash Block, Greasemonkey like User Scripts platform, User Plug-ins, MiniDM, Google sponsored search,IE Faster and many more power packed features. You can customize not just Internet Explorer, but even your favorite website according to your need and taste using IE7Pro.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Changelogs: IE7Pro v2.3 :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IE7Pro:&lt;br /&gt;1. New Module: FasterIE,It will increase your IE surfing speed.&lt;br /&gt;*The meaning of prefetching: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs...refetching_FAQ&lt;br /&gt;*The meaning of enhanced prefetching: http://fasterfox.mozdev.org/faq.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Add Session Manager function, it include save,load,copy,send by mail&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. IE context menu add save selected source code to file and clipboard as html,text,links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Online bookmark support IE8 webslice now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. New ActiveXObject interface. refer: http://iescripts.org/help/index.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. View page info SaveAs dialog support multi-select now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Add serverinfo plugin again&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. fix some bugs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MiniDM:&lt;br /&gt;1. MiniDM new task support multi links now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. MiniDM support drag &amp; drop now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. MiniDM add https support library auto-download button refer: http://www.ie7pro.com/openssl.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. MiniDM new task support select directory now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. MiniDM trayicon display download status now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. MiniDM support delete history &amp; real file now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. MiniDM add an options: save file using timestamp from server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. fix some bugs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IE7Pro Features&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enhance Internet Explorer's Tabbed Browsing Capabilities&lt;br /&gt;1. Double click to close tab.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Open new tab from address bar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Enable/disable tab browse history manager.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Enable/disable crash recovery&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Move the IE menu bar above the address bar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Hide search bar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Modify the maxium number of parallel connections to the web server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Select the external program to view page source&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Super Drag and Drop&lt;br /&gt;With Super Drag and Drop enabled, you can open new links by simply dragging and dropping the link on the page. You can also Drag and Drop to search selected words with the default search engine or save the selected photo when Shift is held down.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mouse Gesture&lt;br /&gt;Mouse Gesture allow the user to execute commonly performed tasks (open/close a tab, go back, go forward , print , scrolling page etc.) by drawing a simple symbol on the screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Crash Recovery&lt;br /&gt;Crash Recovery automatically restores all opened pages after a crash happened.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Save Page to Image&lt;br /&gt;Flexible and easy-to-use tool that converts html page from any URL to image. It captures the whole web page's content into JPG, BMP , GIF , PNG or TIFF on the fly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quick Proxy Switcher&lt;br /&gt;Different internet connections do often require completely different proxy server settings and it's a real pain to change them manually.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AD Blocker&lt;br /&gt;Blocks all forms of advertising, including Flash ads, rich media, fly-ins, slide-ins, pop-ups, pop-unders, spyware and adware ads, and messenger ads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Greasy monkey alike User Script&lt;br /&gt;IE7Pro Script is to Internet Explorer7 as Greasemonkey is to Firefox. It lets you remix the Web via scripts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Inline Search&lt;br /&gt;Adds the inline search bar like firefox has, finds as you type, use the F3 and Enter Key to cycle between multiple results, highlight all results.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Spell Check&lt;br /&gt;IE7Pro Spell Check will check any text you enter and alert you to possible errors by adding a red underline to any potentially misspelled words.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;System requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to use IE7Pro, you must have one of the following operating systems and browsers installed:&lt;br /&gt;1. 64 MB of RAM&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. 6 MB of free disk space&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Microsoft WindowsNT /2000 /XP /2003 /Vista&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2878751782858475430?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2878751782858475430/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/ie7pro-add-on-for-internet-explorer.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2878751782858475430'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2878751782858475430'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/ie7pro-add-on-for-internet-explorer.html' title='IE7Pro add-on for Internet Explorer'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-807422554576588556</id><published>2012-02-05T08:10:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:10:50.860-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Batman: Arkham City Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats</title><content type='html'>Batman: Arkham City is another new action adventure DLC game which has more adventure and side missions. Following the path of Arkham Asylum the game provides you more thrill and action. It shows how much he has grown experience in Batman: Arkham City 'when we could confuse the first game with a series of downloadable episodes of the first. A compendium of DLC which tell us room by room, the story that precedes the last chapter of the adventures of Batman video game. Batman: Arkham City is much larger than its predecessor, the story notes, in the treatment of the characters, but especially in this spirit that nourishes the sandbox scene of a thousand and one things to do, reflecting and bending parallel stories the life of the game.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The prison area is bounded on the outside, the player can move freely therein. He can run through the streets - but they are often blocked by waste burning car wrecks, also hangs out there all kinds of rowdy rabble and parts are under water. Much easier and faster it goes forward at a dizzy height by Batman pulls himself with his grappling hook from gutter to gutter. It's really fun when the dark knight with his cape sailing across chasms or pulls himself up with a flourish on a tower. Is at your fingertips is a subtly reminiscent of GTA map available at the next major mission and all the side quests available are shown.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Game Plot:&lt;br /&gt;Batman: Arkham City builds upon the intense, atmospheric foundation of Batman: Arkham Asylum, sending players soaring into Arkham City, the new maximum security "home" for all of Gotham City's thugs, gangsters and insane criminal masterminds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set inside the heavily fortified walls of a sprawling district in the heart of Gotham City, this highly anticipated sequel introduces a brand-new story that draws together a new all-star cast of classic characters and murderous villains from the Batman universe, as well as a vast range of new and enhanced gameplay features to deliver the ultimate experience as the Dark Knight.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Characters&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Batman&lt;br /&gt;    Joker&lt;br /&gt;    Harley Quinn&lt;br /&gt;    Two Face&lt;br /&gt;    Catwoman&lt;br /&gt;    Hugo Strange&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 18-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;racer's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;racer racer is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2005&lt;br /&gt;Location: Portland, OR&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 316&lt;br /&gt;Re: Batman: Arkham City Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats&lt;br /&gt;Walkthrough:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1 The Beginning:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The game begins with a intro of Catwoman which tries to steal something. Bruce Wayne the central character (Batman) is a kind of unknown place where his fellow help him out to search something. You can start the game by moving in the area and follow the screen instructions. That will be easier for you at the start to begin the game. There are number of combos and attacks that you should carry out and learn the controls properly. As those who had played the earlier version of this game will find it easy to play. First in the beginning you will learn some attack by screen prompts. Press those keys and remember the same... In attack what matters most is right timing. If you r attack is enough powerful to hit the enemy in right time you can create major devastation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learn the combos fast to end this chapter. Meet another fellow here. He is Jack and you will need to rescue him. Here you will get time to practice your combos and defend him. Save him before he dies. When you are engaged in fight look for the ladder and climb to the roof. You can practice a number of combos here which will be helpful for you in the coming levels also. Bruce will be helped Alfred. See the screen instructions. He will provide you a router to a safer location. You have run over the roof, grab the walls and try to avoid fall. You can run and try to control your balance while moving over the building. More moves like ducking, jumping, wrapping around building will let you to get better with the control. Again you can see a ladder which takes you to a package.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2 Rescuing the Catwoman:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After a kind of cutscene you can understand the plot of coming chapter. You can see the marking on the screen where it shows that Catwoman is kept as a prisoner and you have to rescue here. When you receive the package you get the suit and it provides you certain extra abilities. For example you can glide in air and use grapple to jump off. You can also jump from higher altitude and glide in the air. At you move you have to reach Solomon Wayne’s courthouse. This courthouse is a place where Catwoman is kept.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Look at the entrance and use the grapple gun to reach the balcony. Once you are there safely go inside. When you enter another cutscene begins which explains the game plot. You have to move and climb up. It is on your choice how you wan to. It is necessary to bring down the guards silently without triggering an alert. You can explore the area before doing anything to get more detailed idea on the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3 The Tower:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this chapter you will need to find the location of a sniper. You will also face enemies in the front side. Follow the green marker in the map. The tower entrance is guarded. You have to finish them off to move further. For that you will need examine a multiple points. These points are something which is made by bullets. For this first activate the Detected mode nit he game and start analyzing the evidence. Begin from the ground itself. The map will show you some location. You will need to move to that place slowly and safely. Go towards the church first. Enter and move towards Joker. There is a side mission in this part which you can play. This side mission will teach you how to use the gadgets and will give you some more upgrades.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Harley will come with some armed guards and you might need to fight here. When she leaves you will need to take more guards and see that you do not harm the hostages. This is a challenging part. When all are free you can go up on the top part of bell tower. You will need to investigate here the location of sniper rifle. Same here you will need to use detective mode to start investigation. Once you have evidence you can hear the radio signal which will guide you to its hideout. You will need to move as per the instruction of signal meter. Move slowly. You will end up to industrial place. It is a mill. This is the place from where you are catching the signal. Now go in and listen to Alfred. Use the chimney entrance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4 Joker's Place:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This part has some number of locations. It is necessary that you must remember them as you will need to reach back after sometime. Batman is in a challenging situation here. He has to move from suspended via over lava. You have to properly glide so that you can land in the opening at front. It is the time to turn detective mode to Detective mode to checkout evidence. Look on the steam. Go from the front door and control the temperature. There is a switch. You can use batclaw for that to run the valve cover. Open it and cool the place. Now go back to the top using the railings. Now you will need to open a path by using explosive gel. On the floor you can find the location.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Apply the gel and detonate it to open a new way. When you are in you can see crowd of enemies. Harley helps you here to draw the attention of enemies and in the mean while you need to take them down slowly one by one. There is another valve which blocks your way. You can use the pipe which on the wall to find the controls of the same. Batarangs practice is needed here to so that you can hit the button quickly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the steam stop move ahead till the en where you will face some enemies. There are more enemies waiting after the door. So instead of running madly and charging on them, I recommend to move slowly and finding an alternate way without alerting them. Activate detective mode and then move. You can see e a router by opening a door at the end side. Attacking a number of guards from behind is easier via combo attacks. Enter from the window and then move fast towards the door to enter a chamber. There are more guards so move slowly and take them down silently. Now when you are in will face more here and higher in number along with some hostages. take them out use your grapple to avoid attacks. When all are down you can free the hostage and now you have to find Joker.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will find a gun called as Remote Electrical Charge. This allows you to push and pull objects so it is a handy tool. Leave the area now and you can use this gun to open the closes entrance. Go above and enter the vents. Take more guards down and enter to the closed door. You will need to find a way back to a bay where you will fight with more enemies. Electromagnet gun is very helpful here which will help you to pull objects like hooks. You can use thing for swinging on hooks or just moving the damage structure. After that you will encounter a Giant Clown with Hammer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to beat the Giant Clown&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A giant joker's guy who will kill Batman with some attacks has a powerful hammer. He is one armed beast. There is way to beat him. First you must avoid attacks by him. Kill the guards first which are annoying. The massive hammer can give great damage and he attacks with lots of power. Second when you skip fast he gets annoyed very fast. It is not tough to kick him out. You just need to avoid some attacks and punch the beast with some power. You can use the electromagnetic gun to use some objects on him. Use grapple and go above the ledge.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 18-11-2011&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-807422554576588556?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/807422554576588556/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/batman-arkham-city-walkthrough-tips-and.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/807422554576588556'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/807422554576588556'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/batman-arkham-city-walkthrough-tips-and.html' title='Batman: Arkham City Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7810888106311369071</id><published>2012-02-05T08:10:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:10:26.447-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Tally Solutions</title><content type='html'>Tally Solutions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to migrate data from Tally 7.2 to Tally 8.1, Tally 9&lt;br /&gt;How to implement VAT in Tally 6.2, Tally 7.2, Tally 9&lt;br /&gt;How to migrate data from Tally 4.5 to Tally 7.2&lt;br /&gt;How to hide/Protect your Company Data&lt;br /&gt;Tally 9 Payroll&lt;br /&gt;How to work in Tally without mouse&lt;br /&gt;How to copy paste entries from one company to another&lt;br /&gt;Tally Tutorials in Hindi&lt;br /&gt;How to continue accounting in New financial Year&lt;br /&gt;How to Synchronize Tally Data&lt;br /&gt;How to export data from Tally 9 to MS Excel&lt;br /&gt;How to configure Tally on Network&lt;br /&gt;How to Manage Post Dated Cheques in Tally&lt;br /&gt;Starting a new financial year : How to split a company&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to migrate data from Tally 7.2 to Tally 8.1, Tally 9&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Process of Migrating data from Tally 7.2 to 8.2 is very simple. However it takes can take a lot of time if the existing company is having big data. Before converting data you should take backup of your existing data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    To start with first of all download tally from tally's site.&lt;br /&gt;    Run Install.exe in a separate folder tally8.1. Now activate the license of Tally 8.1. To Migrate data from 7.2 to 8.1 it is necessary to have an activated version of 8.1.&lt;br /&gt;    Go to Tally 8.1 folder and locate a file migration tool.&lt;br /&gt;    Start the tool by specifying the location of Tallt7.2 data which would be in c:\tally\data folder where your 7.2 version was installed.&lt;br /&gt;    Select a company and migrate. After whole process has ended it would make another fold in same location but with different name.&lt;br /&gt;    You can identify the folder easily as it would contain 4 numbers. e.g. Your existing folder would be 001 and new folder would be 0001.&lt;br /&gt;    Copy paste this newly created folder in c:\tally8.1\data and run tally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You would see the new converted data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you face any problem then you can tell by posting in forum .&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-12-2008&lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy MattyBoy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,305&lt;br /&gt;Getting Started in Tally&lt;br /&gt;How to implement VAT in Tally 6.2, Tally 7.2, Tally 9&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tally 7.2 and Tally 8.1 are VAT compliant versions. You can generate state specific VAT returns. VAT sales and Purchase annextures can be printed automatically just by entering data in correct format and defining correct ledgers classes. If you have to prepare VAT returns through Tally then company configuration has to be changed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In case of Tally 7.2 just modify company details and select use for Indian VAT Yes.&lt;br /&gt;In case of Tally 8.1 go to F11 and alter statutory Features in F3. Select VAT to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;Keep in mind to select State from List in Address section. The statutory master would be selected for that state only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make separate ledgers for sales and purchase for separate VAT rate. For example if you are dealing in 4% and 12% VAT rate items then you have to make ledgers for Sales 4% and Sales 12% under sales and Purchase 4% and purchase 12% under Purchase account. Correct VAT/Tax Class has to mentioned while creating those ledgers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now make ledger for input and output VAT ledgers for collection of sales VAT and Purchase VAT. These should be separate for different VAT rate. i.e. input VAT 4% and input VAT 12% in the same way make ledgers for output VAT for purchase VAT. At this moment you have to assign proper VAT/Tax class for these ledger.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now make entries by entering vouchers of sales and purchase. and you would find proper figures are appearing in respective forms. You would also find proper VAT computation in VAT computation screen. You can check it by going to Gateway of Tally &gt;Display&gt; Statutory Reports&gt;Vat Classification &gt; VAT Computation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If some forms are not shown then cross check the VAT class allocation for that ledger. Tally has tried to rectified all VAT related problems but still many states VAT returns are facing problems.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-12-2008&lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy MattyBoy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,305&lt;br /&gt;Data migration from Tally 4.5 to Tally 7.2&lt;br /&gt;Data migration from Tally 4.5 to Tally 7.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We all know that to convert tally data from 7.2 to 8.1 Tally is providing a data migration utility with Tally 8.1. You can get more details about migrating Data in my previous post How to migrate Data from Tally 7.2 to Tally 8.1. or Get the FAQ's on data migration. But what if you have data in Tally 4.5 and you want to convert it to Tally 7.2 or 8.1. For this a free utility is available on Tally's Site which would convert data from Tally 4.5 to Tally 7.2 You can get this utility Here .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simply unzip the file. You would find three files. Copy these files to directory of Tally 4.5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now run the utility and convert the companies one by one. After converting all companies you would see different folders are created . Copy these folders to the directory where your Tally 7.2 is installed. Open Tally and rewrite the companies you want to open in Tally7.2. Wollah !!! the process is complete.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before migrating data make sure to take backups of files. so that in case of data corruption you can recover it.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-12-2008&lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy MattyBoy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,305&lt;br /&gt;How to hide/protect your company data in Tally&lt;br /&gt;How to hide/protect your company data in Tally&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While working on Tally a need to protect your data is felt. There are several ways to protect your data from unwanted people. The technique you put in hiding or protecting your data depends on from whom you want to protect your data.&lt;br /&gt;Every body who works on your computer or share your computer should not have access to your sensitive data. A causal users who sits on your computer would get access to your financial information if it is not protected or hidden from general view.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Protection from Layman&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To protect your data from layman or causal user you can put password in company you are working. While creating company put Use security control to Yes and enter the administrator's name and its password.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This would offer you first Level of security in Tally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Protect from people within&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some times you have to protect your company information from people who are into accounts but you want to restrict their access. For example the financial data should not be given to stores or production department, despite the fact all departments are using the same software. For this situation tally has a feature of granting user level access. Specified users can go to specific level only and not beyond that limit. Pres Alt+ F3 in Gateway of Tally and select Security Control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then you can define the users and their passwords and their level of controls.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Protection from outsiders&lt;br /&gt;Third and the most important people are the outsiders from whom you want to protect your data. These outsiders can be sales tax people or Income tax people or any govt. agency who want to access your data and you want to protect it. These type of people are very hard to avoid. For those tally has provided a facility with stealth security i.e. tally vault password. This facility would hide your company name from screen and data would be encrypted. This data cannot be opened without password. Even if the owner forgets his password then itself no data can be recovered.While in company creation screen just enter TallyVault password. The name of the company would be hidden in company selection screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other Common Sense Tricks&lt;br /&gt;Other then this few common sense techniques can be used to hide company data. These can be:-&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Don't save your data in computer, instead use USB pen drive. When computer would not have data then who would get access to it.&lt;br /&gt;2. Hide directories and files by giving them hidden attribute.&lt;br /&gt;3. Saving the files to any drive or directory other then Tally's own data directory would not show the company in company selection menu at default location.&lt;br /&gt;4. Some advance hiding techniques like hiding info in JPG formats etc. can be used.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #5  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-12-2008&lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy MattyBoy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,305&lt;br /&gt;Tally 9 Payroll : 4 easy steps to generate Payslip&lt;br /&gt;Tally 9 Payroll : 4 easy steps to generate Payslip&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For users of Tally 9 who want to use tally payroll i have prepared small slide show to give a brief idea on how to work on payroll. The slide show is prepared by using ZOHO show which is an online tool like power point presentation. The contents were provided to me by Mr. Kumar from Tally solution while evaluating Tally 9 beta version.&lt;br /&gt;Thanks Mr. Kumar I hope i have done justice to your documentation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The four steps include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Creating Pay heads&lt;br /&gt;    Creating Employee Master&lt;br /&gt;    Creating Salary details&lt;br /&gt;    Process payroll and generating Payslips.&lt;br /&gt;    Click on the slide show to view full illustrated process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #6  &lt;br /&gt;Old 12-12-2008&lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;MattyBoy MattyBoy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,305&lt;br /&gt;How to work on Tally without mouse : Keyboard commands for Tally and Windows&lt;br /&gt;How to work on Tally without mouse : Keyboard commands for Tally and Windows&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-7810888106311369071?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/7810888106311369071/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/tally-solutions.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7810888106311369071'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7810888106311369071'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/tally-solutions.html' title='Tally Solutions'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7604759294994571828</id><published>2012-02-05T08:09:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:09:28.696-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Backup and Restore Active Directory on Windows Server 2008</title><content type='html'>It is known that the Active Directory Domain Services (ADDS) - one of the components of mandatory infrastructure for the functioning of Windows. If Active Directory fails, the network, for the most part, it becomes useless. Therefore, planning a backup and restore Active Directory is a guarantee of security.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Windows Server 2008 has many new functions related to Active Directory, two of which are directly related to planning backup and recovery: Utility Data Archiving Windows Server »and the ability to use snapshots of Active Directory, made using VSS . In this article we describe what changes have occurred and how the new features make it easier to backup and restore Active Directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NTBACKUP and Windows Server Backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program NTBACKUP, the new tool ; it uses a completely different backup technologies, which makes a new approach to the issues of backup systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although the "Data archiving Windows Server» - the only backup program that ships with Windows Server 2008, it is by its functionality is not synonymous with NTBACKUP. The main difference is that the program does not support archiving of data backup to tape. Images of backups, you can write to local hard drives, on network resources, even on external hard drives to USB ports and multi-volume recordable DVD. And on the tape cannot. However, connect the tape to a server running Windows Server 2008 and copied her image backup Windows Server you still can, but you have to use some other program.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program NTBACKUP to backup and restore at the file level, program to data backup Windows Server - at the volume level and blocks. Program archiving copied source perceives as a set of volumes. Each volume consists of disk blocks. This method is much more efficient backup system. In addition, as the program data backup Windows Server operates at the block level, it is capable of on the basis of images VSS to perform differential backups, and create snapshots to simplify working with multiple backups (and in order to save space).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But even with full backup, data backup program allows you to optimize the expenditure of free space on the disk, which stores copies. Let's say you saved a few full backups on the same volume. On those discs, which contains a copy of the program data backup Windows Server uses snapshots Shadow Copy service, and snapshots are recorded only those blocks that have changed. Thereby decreasing the total amount of multiple full backups. Also, do not have to carry out successive recovery operation, as when working with difference backups. While the snapshot information is stored only on the changes (the difference between backups), Volume Shadow Copy service backup processes so that the system treats it as complete.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, keep in mind that the benefits of VSS will be available only in case of backup to your local hard disk. When copying to DVD or network Backup program, you cannot work with Shadow Copy service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another advantage of the program Windows Server Backup is that the images of backups are stored as a virtual hard disk Microsoft (VHD). Image backup, make a program can connect to a virtual machine running Microsoft Virtual Server 2005. That is, you can simply mount a VHD image and find the desired file. When you copy a tape would have to restore them one by one, to see where the file is. (As a warning: to download a virtual machine from a backup image will not work. Completion of equipment recorded in the backup does not match the configuration of virtual machines, so you use the Windows Server Backup as a tool for converting from physical to virtual environments is impossible.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But the program data backup Windows Server has its drawbacks. Because it takes the copied disk as a set of volumes and blocks, to create a backup of individual files. You have to copy the entire volume as a whole. And another, more serious problem: by default, you cannot save an image backup of any of the volumes being backed up (although there are workarounds variety of settings, see support.microsoft.com/kb/944530). This is a fairly strong impact on system state backup. Next, we consider it more.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 28-12-2009&lt;br /&gt;Pyrotechnic's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;Pyrotechnic Pyrotechnic is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 435&lt;br /&gt;Re: Backup and Restore Active Directory on Windows Server 2008&lt;br /&gt;Installing Windows Server data backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The program "Data archiving Windows Server» - is one of the components of Windows Server 2008, and by default it is not installed. Before the program to use, it should be set either through the Server Manager, or using a command-line SERVERMANAGERCMD:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;HTML Code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;C: \&gt; servermanagercmd-install Backup-Features&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program archive consists of two parts: the actual program "Data archiving Windows Server» and command-line. Note that the command-line tools - a set of cmdlets Windows PowerShellTM, not a means WBADMIN.EXE. If you install both of the program archive, you must also ustranovit Windows PowerShell.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After installing the program in Server Manager (in the node "Memory") and in the Administrative Tools menu appears appropriate equipment MMC. When you install Windows Server data backup for Windows Server 2008 Server Core version, use the command OCSETUP (remember that it is case sensitive):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;HTML Code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;C: \&gt; ocsetup WindowsServerBackup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program data backup Windows Server cannot be used when restoring the images created with NTBACKUP. In this unlikely event Microsoft offers a download NTBACKUP for Windows Server 2008.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Components of the program data backup Windows Server&lt;br /&gt;Annex "Data archiving Windows Server» arranged entirely new way. It consists of four components:&lt;br /&gt;• User Interface MMC (WBADMIN.MCS).&lt;br /&gt;• Command line interface.&lt;br /&gt;(WBADMIN.EXE)&lt;br /&gt;• Backup services (WBENGINE.EXE).&lt;br /&gt;• Set Cmdlets Windows PowerShell.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While partitioning, some part of the application takes a number of advantages, most important of which - increased reliability. No matter where you initiate a backup from the client MMC or command line interface. And in fact, and in another case, the burden on the service WBENGINE. The client part of the program only informs on the status of the backup. If you exit the client, copy operation is not interrupted. Will be shut only the client - and the service will continue the operation. Of course, if necessary, the process of copying can also be interrupted, but it must be done explicitly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another advantage of client-server architecture - the ability to manage a client backups that are stored on remote computers. This is especially useful when backing up computers with installations of Windows Server 2008 Server Core.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program data backup Windows Server supports automatic recovery system. It uses the Recovery Environment Windows (WinRE), which comes together with other components of the installation CD of Windows Server 2008. Wednesday WinRE simplifies the process of restoring a server from scratch. Just below we take a closer look at this procedure. It is worth noting that the program allows you to manage archiving backups use multiple Group Policy settings. They are listed on the side of the band "The Group Policy settings.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-7604759294994571828?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/7604759294994571828/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/backup-and-restore-active-directory-on.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7604759294994571828'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7604759294994571828'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/backup-and-restore-active-directory-on.html' title='Backup and Restore Active Directory on Windows Server 2008'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6003423447587764375</id><published>2012-02-05T08:09:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:09:04.292-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to Build a File Server</title><content type='html'>Day to Day file transfer has become a common need now. We had become use to data sharing via emails, usb, disc, portable drivers, etc. File sharing is a common and quick requirement. It does not matter what you do. Any person engaged with work where computers are involved comes under this list. This guide is based on complete overview of File Server Technology. A dedicated system which plays the role of small datacenter. It is not really very advance but reduces the time of manually centralizing a data and secures it. A File Server is a separate, dedicated computer attack to a network. The network can be small or large. This dedicated system provides storage space. In some words a centralized location for all users or applications to put data and retrieve it. Disk can be shared here or set on some kind of permission level which limits user’s access. File server can handle any kind of data. You can create a File Server for storing media files like, movies, videos, sound file, high definition content, etc. The system is attached to the network and that network consists of all other computers or users. Users are allowed to access the network on basis of simple or advance authentication process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;File Servers are common needs of offices. Windows operating system offers you to create easy Home Network where your home users can share internet and exchange file over the network. There are some types of Files Server which are not really noticeable. Because by default everything is properly configured in an operating system. You just need to check the settings and enable them. Workstations or client computers are attached to the network and after authentication process they are allowed to stream, add or modify the data. The network admins simply manages other protocol rights. Commonly FTP is used on small scale while HTTP is used on internet to share data between different web servers. The best example I can give is file sharing website like rapidshare.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Architecture of a File Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To understand the working of a File Server you need to first understand the architecture. This architecture consists of all elements and the process by which all this stuff works. You can also say this as design of a file server. If we talk about business environment then there is more complexity. A dedicated operating system with dedicated IT staff manages stuff. Here more demand is of easy storage space, data security, etc. There is a prescribed budget set for the File Server which is regularly investment for the server hardware upgrades. Also due to every changing technology, more security risks evolve which forces the enterprises for upgrades. But this case is not an issue in regular small environment, especially when you are using the same for personal purpose.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Storage Hardware&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is the primary hardware - the hard disk. A very important part where the speed, reliability and security matters. You cannot depend on a low rpm hard drive for data speed boost. Many time due to continuous flow of data, hard drive with poor media fails results in lost of important data. In result, they have to pay more for data recovery now. It is good for enterprises to pay for SSD's or highly reliable hard drive. But I will also emphasis for others. You must not compromise with Hard drive quality in case of file Server setup. Anyhow you are going to put all your data in one place and if that fails you too get screwed up. This is the primary hardware, so spending a bit high on this is for your data safety. Many uses RAID configuration on file server. Raid provides multiple options for data recovery. But this is a bit complicated technology. For mid size servers I will recommend to avoid this only, if you do not have any important data and you want to setup Files Server for basic file sharing only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NAS:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NAS stands for Network Attached Storage. Under this you have to buy a device. This is called as NAS Device. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    DiskStation DS712+&lt;br /&gt;    Netgear ReadyNAS NV+ v2&lt;br /&gt;    DiskStation DS1511+&lt;br /&gt;    Iomega StorCenter ix2-200 NAS server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This devices work their own operating system. You just need to connect this to the server and configure as File Storage Media. These devices are costly but to some extent more secure. They too have a regular hard drive in them, but it reduces your time of settings up a dedicated computer which can act as file server. It also reduces risk of system failure. These devices are specially built on file sharing levels. The purpose is to give you extra storage media which a ready to use and configure pc software. NAS are easier to manage and they provide better mobility. You can connect them to any system and they act as a file server. You can also configure them with multiple applications. Many of them support ready to use RAID features.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 25-11-2011&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to Build a File Server&lt;br /&gt;Guide to Setup File Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you are aware that a file server is a system which is important for management and storage of DATA. Right now I am providing you a guide on creating File Server on Windows Platform. It is really easy to configure here. The setup is made on Windows Server 2003. Users will get a centralized place where they can copy paste their data. Before configuring a file server you must know the proper specification of same. A low hardware system cannot act as a good system. You must have a better processor and enough RAM to carry out a number of processes. More hardware requirements increases of the number of user are higher on a server. You can keep a separate computer ready for making it a file server. You can not only create a regular data backup but also prescribe disc quotas for users.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Setup Files Server in Windows 2003 Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Run Configure your Server Wizard. You can run that by typing the following in Start &gt; Run box and hit enter -- "%SystemRoot%\system32\cys.exe". Other step to run is look for Configure your server wizard icon in Start Menu. Start Menu &gt; Programs &gt; Administrative Tools &gt; Configure your Server. This will launch a Wizard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you click on it you can see the below image. Click on Next &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click on File Server and then click on Next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After that you can allow or disallow indexing service. This is a process by which Windows Server keeps a record of path on file server. By turning this off you can improve the server’s performance. Provide a proper folder path and then click on Next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After that you will come on screen where you will need to provide proper Name, Description and Settings&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6003423447587764375?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6003423447587764375/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-build-file-server.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6003423447587764375'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6003423447587764375'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-build-file-server.html' title='How to Build a File Server'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2056828235636536598</id><published>2012-02-05T08:08:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:08:42.538-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to Configure VirtualCenter Management Server with VMware</title><content type='html'>Whenever you are working with VMware, you will quickly notice the profits of consolidating the management of many ESX servers within your surrounding to the VirtualCenter inorder to get control from central point of view. The VirtualCenter is actually a better solution for providing high availability (HA) services and also centralized help inorder to monitor. It is a bit simple to actually personalize the VirtualCenter as you start with the installation procedure. In this guide, you are able to view as how to configure VirtualCenter Management Server with the help of VMware and also as how to customize it.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 30-03-2009&lt;br /&gt;kattman's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;kattman kattman is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,239&lt;br /&gt;re: How to Configure VirtualCenter Management Server with VMware&lt;br /&gt;Steps To Configure VirtualCenter Management Server With VMware:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The VMware VirtualCenter is applicable for centralized management of many VMware ESX servers simultaneously. The VirtualCenter wil provide you a helping hand for providing report, login and other such types of management services for creating virtual surrounding. You are able to perform activities such as License, Active Directory configuration, SNMP, email monitor and advanced security are types of configurable activities with the help of within the VC. Launch the VMware Infrastructre Client (VIC) to access the VirtualCenter. When you will start to work with the VirtualCenter, enter the Administration option in the toolbar and try to choose VirtualCenter Management Server Configuration as the default one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you choose, the VirtualCenter Management Server Configuration dialog will prompt at your screen and it will help you to configure several options inside the VirtualCenter. This options will try to help you to not only have the license VirtualCenter, but will also help you to maintain it. Just check the various configuration options available for:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    License Options&lt;br /&gt;    Gather statistical Information&lt;br /&gt;    Settings to Configure Runtime&lt;br /&gt;    Notification of Email&lt;br /&gt;    Services to Monitor SNMP&lt;br /&gt;    Settings For Web Protocol&lt;br /&gt;    Settings For Timout&lt;br /&gt;    Options For Logging&lt;br /&gt;    Database&lt;br /&gt;    Settings For SSL&lt;br /&gt;    Advanced Settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this, you are able to view each and every option just from the left hand side of the VirtualCenter Management Server Configuration dialog box available. In order to get more information regarding each option, you have to check out each and every option in order to view all the details regarding each configurable option available.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 30-03-2009&lt;br /&gt;kattman's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;kattman kattman is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,239&lt;br /&gt;re: How to Configure VirtualCenter Management Server with VMware&lt;br /&gt;License VirtualCenter Management Server:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, you have to configure some options regarding licensing of virtual center management server. As you try to install the Virtualcenter, you will be having a post intallation configuration option which will help you to evaluate a Virtualcenter, or you are able to license it inorder to use it for production purpose. The License Server will help you to configure inorder to utilize for license services on the VirtualCenter server, or you are also able to utilize it on the separate Licsene Server available. Other types of configfuration options which are available is to select a Virtualcenter edition and thus make it allow for availale new hosts to get added to inventory as it is once added in the list.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gather statistical Information:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you try to choose Statistics, you are able to configure the VirtualCenter which will help you to collect statistics. In this option, you are able to view the Statistics Intervals which are already placed by default, as well as you are also able to edit them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to edit some configured intervals, you jsut have to highlight the statistics interval setting which you need to edit and then click on the Edit button to do the required editting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you are able to configure the needed time period, few days to keep examples for and at which level to prefer it for appropriate collections. Consider an example, Level 1 consists of basic metrics, like Average Usage for CPU/Memory/Disk and Network, as well as System Uptime and VMware DRS metrics.&lt;br /&gt;When you try to configure things like collection intervals, statistics collection thread limit, and statistics collection level, you are also able to specify the number of threads utilized or required for collection of performances statistics in oder to manage hosts and the level of detail for performance statistics collection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Settings to Configure Runtime:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you try to go down, VirtualCenter Management Server Configuration settings, you will notice the Runtime Settings option. You are able to view or configure the unique runtime settings required for the VirtualCenter installation. In this option, you are able to view VirtualCenter Server unique ID which is actually set at 36. You are also able to configure the VirtualCenter TCP/IP port number. As for now, port no is set at 902. At Last, you are also able to configure and managed server IP address.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have to reboot the VirtualCenter inorder to change the settings except that of the managed IP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 30-03-2009&lt;br /&gt;kattman's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;kattman kattman is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,239&lt;br /&gt;re: How to Configure VirtualCenter Management Server with VMware&lt;br /&gt;Active Directory:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many applications which are connected to LDAP based directory for needed authentication and for some security reasons. Active Directory from Microsoft LDAP is a normally utilized directory service. In this you are able to configure special settings like the Active Directory timeout, maximum number of users and groups to display in the Add Permissions dialog box, and the frequency for performing a synchronization and validation of VirtualCenter’s known users and groups. The Enable Validation check box helps you to allow and configure the Validation Period in minutes. This will help you to allows and configure the number of minutes the VirtualCenter will take time to wait before performing a synchronization and validation of VirtualCenter also called as users and groups against Active Directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Notifications For Email:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this you are able to configure the Mail options which are very easy to configure it. You just have to specify the SMTP server and mail account you require for the VirtualCenter to be used for relaying mail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Services to Monitor SNMP:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are able to configure the Simple Network Management Protocol or SNMP for the VirtualCenter server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are also able to configure and specify SNMP receiver URLs, ports, and community strings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Settings For Web Protocol:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this, you are able to configure the Web Service. For VirtualCenter, you can connect through a Web browser and try to manage the VirtulalCenter, download VICs and other software and try to check the status of your ESX surrounding. You are also able to specifiy the most common Web ports like port 80 for HTTP and port 443 for HTTPS.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Settings For Timout:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Timeout Settings, you are able to adjust the settings of the VirtualCenter for both connections and timeouts. If a Client tries to connect to the VirtualCenter, then it should be for a specified timeout period. you are also able to Specify the VIC (Virtual Interface Client) connection timeout values for simple operations and huge operations, in this case it is set at 30 seconds for simple operations and 120 minutes for huge operations.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2056828235636536598?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2056828235636536598/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-configure-virtualcenter.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2056828235636536598'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2056828235636536598'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-configure-virtualcenter.html' title='How to Configure VirtualCenter Management Server with VMware'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-665168588153789121</id><published>2012-02-05T08:08:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:08:16.570-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Complete Security tips for Personal Computer</title><content type='html'>Connect to other computers within a LAN (home or business) to share a document, browse the network for the supply of cheaper mortgage or the latest version of a software to download, receive a notice in your mailbox e-mail have become common actions through the use of PCs is growing at home and at work. The sources of these potential risks can be very numerous: computer viruses, now made in industrial quantities, alter the code downloaded from some website "corrupt" up to, at worst, destructive action of some hackers. Certainly it is not easy to realize the complexity and vastness of the problem now commonly known as information security, but it is clear that it can no longer be either neglected or underestimated by those who use a PC for a purpose not only playful. In this brief introduction will therefore be of general considerations on the issue of information security, whereas in the other paragraphs below, attention will be mainly technical aspects and practical solutions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Virtually anyone who is motivated by its laudable intentions. For the identity of the attacker belongs to a particular system does not matter because the only objective is to penetrate the system itself to be able to subsequently reuse or to perform malicious activities, or even just for the sake of doing so. In some cases it is a disarming ease. Unfortunately, the complexity of the software being produced today is accompanied in some cases to a level of imperfection that gives rise to serious security problems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These real "flaws" are those whose research is pushing the hackers and those who are exploited (by whom is not motivated by a strong ethical) for illegally entering computer systems. To address these shortcomings software makers are often forced to issue patches to update the application of which is within the sole responsibility of us end users. Also do not forget that the complexity of the software can sometimes invest in issues relevant to its proper configuration to a level that will induce the user to use cd configurations. By default, which pave the way for dangerous deficiencies in terms of safety.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE SCENARIO:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This first step is to identify the exact amount to be protection you need, for example Personal data, confidential documents and information, e-mail, operating system, etc.). And the nature and sources of possible harmful events (e.g. viruses, intrusions and external attacks, malfunctions, etc.). Surely at this stage is crucial to make a general comment on what the primary use that is made of PC because this affects much of the scenario resulting in further defining. It is clear that the concerns of those who use the computer only to draft documents to be very different from that of those who uses it mainly to surf the net and download software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHAT STEPS SHOULD BE TAKEN:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although you cannot find an ideal complex of preventive measures we can say with certainty that many of the problems that typically arise when it comes to the security of a computer system can be avoided by taking the following corrective actions that, taken together, may be treated as a do's and don'ts:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Use a good anti-virus: any computer connected to the Internet shall be so equipped, is also equally important to ensure regular updating of signature files;&lt;br /&gt;    Use a firewall may seem excessive but the use of filtering devices such as firewalls, if appropriately configured, is able to offer a reasonable degree of protection against certain types of attacks and especially against a range of preparatory activities (such as port scanning TCP / UDP) that an attacker usually performs before groped unauthorized access; naively, do not open email attachments: this rule also applies to e-mail messages that appear to originate from a known address, in any case you should always save a file in the attachment and submit it to a virus scan before opening it; do not naively programs of all kinds: it is always a good idea to check the authenticity of any program before running it and the same is true for all documents that contain macros;&lt;br /&gt;    Always apply the latest patch: This is true not only for the operating system but also for the application software; pay close attention to the abnormal function of the operating system is absolutely necessary to always look with suspicion at seemingly inexplicable workings of the operating system and try to identify the cause as possible with the use of specific instruments;&lt;br /&gt;    Disable Java, JavaScript and ActiveX: these technologies can be a real thorn in the side when surfing the Internet, or alternatively, not to make navigation on some sites frustrating, you can protect yourself, but within certain limits, using specific software that acts as a filter for interactive content that is normally received or forms of navigation using anonymous proxy servers;&lt;br /&gt;    Disable scripting features in email clients: often the most vulnerabilities affecting browser, linked to the presence of interactive content, we also present in this kind of software; make a regular backup of all sensitive data is equally important to keep copies in safe places generated; create a boot disk, this can help in the eventual recovery of activity of a compromised system but on condition that the copy is absolutely genuine and being stored in a safe place.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 13-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Complete Security tips for Personal Computer&lt;br /&gt;FIREWALL – THE FIRST SOURCE OF PROTECTION&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The firewall software or hardware devices are placed to protect the points of interconnection may exist between a private internal network (e.g. an intranet) and an external public network (eg. Internet) or between two different networks. Using a metaphor is as though these devices represent the points of a customs: their main function is to act as a filter controlling all network traffic from outside, as well as what is generated from within, and allowing only that traffic which is actually authorized.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before getting into the speech should make a brief introduction to remind the working principles on which it relies on TCP / IP (Transport Control Protocol / Internet Protocol) as this popular protocol suite now provides the vast majority of services within and of private and public networks. In a network based on TCP / IP each system is uniquely identified by an IP address, consisting of four octets of the type aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd, and communicate with other systems by exchanging messages in the form of packets, also called datagram’s, through a particular protocol.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basically every form of communication between the systems of a network of this type requires the existence of two distinct points, each of which is represented by a pair of unique items made only by an IP address also from a communication port: 's IP address, similar to a phone number, gives the opportunity to establish a communication with a particular system when the door is nothing but a number that serves to differentiate the network service, i.e. the same application used for communication (for e.g. the http service typically has a port number equal to 80, 21 to the ftp, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mechanism that underlies the entire exchange of information is what allows the establishment of a connection and is called three-way handshake term which, literally translated, means "three-way handshake": without it no later flow communication could exist between two different systems. In order to act as a filter to the firewall needs to analyze all the packets flowing through it to make a decision conforms to a set of rules defined by the user. In general, these rules are set to bring about the acceptance or blocking of packets in transit on the basis of what are their distinctive elements, i.e. IP address and port source and destination IP address and port.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, from the point of view of the inner workings of the firewall can be further divided into two separate groups:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    firewall packet filtering&lt;br /&gt;    circuit-level firewall&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first are the most common and also less expensive: they shall examine the information contained in the packet header on the IP protocol and compare them with their set of internal rules allow or block the transit. The advantage of these devices, in addition to cost, is the speed while conversely weak points are made by a certain sensitivity to certain types of attacks such as those based on IP spoofing. In addition, another vulnerability is the fact that in this case there is a direct connection between source and destination so that, once the firewall lets pass the package, it no longer provides any additional protection against any subsequent attacks brought into being. In contrast, circuit-level firewall, much more expensive, provides a higher level of protection as it examines not only the header but also the contents of the packages in transit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This mechanism of operation is also called stateful packet inspection because the review of the contents of the datagram is to determine the status of communication in progress and, therefore, to ensure that the target system has actually requested the communication itself. In this way there is no guarantee that all communications are conducted only with source addresses actually known the effect of previous interactions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHY TO USE FIREWALL&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When a PC accesses the Internet it becomes, in effect, and for the duration of the connection, a network node. The connected system, like any other node may expose network services that applications that have specific functionality and are still listening on a specific port (e.g. a telnet or ftp server or even the old concept of sharing files and printers to Windows).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In some cases it may happen that these services to hide their own internal vulnerability or otherwise make posters for the configuration of these defects can be exploited to gain unauthorized access to a system. Typically groped before any form of intrusion the attacker makes use of specific software to scan for potential targets of listening ports. Once identified, these doors is very easy to go back to the application running and, hence, the kind of security problems affecting the application itself and, therefore, it becomes possible to use an exploit (a particular attack technique that based on the presence of known vulnerabilities) in order to gain access to the system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Of course, in reality, things are rarely so simple but the example is intended to emphasize a fact of fundamental importance: the use of a firewall, in combination with other tools, can actually provide a level of protection discreet, not only against attempts to exploit known vulnerabilities or not a service but also and above all against the occupation of that port scanning is usually always the prelude to an attack.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 13-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Complete Security tips for Personal Computer&lt;br /&gt;IT IS IMPORTANT TO HAVE A GOOD HARDWARE SUPPORT&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Firewalls, as already mentioned, devices are not "independent" in the sense that they must be trained in making decisions regarding the admissibility of traffic transiting through precise rules defined by the user. The preparation of this set of rules may require a period of study and implementation more or less long and tedious, depending on what the actual defense needs that arise in this case but in any case, the core of the operation of these devices lies in their proper configuration. Be in possession of more advanced software product on the market is of no use if the same product cannot be used in the fullness of its functions on account of a bad configuration. In these cases it is rather better to renounce the use of a firewall because the same can lead to a false sense of security in people using it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RULES FOR SECURITY&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can create a set of rules describing which ports should be opened, which is prohibited and any IP-addresses or network entirely blocked. Firewall at the border of your network will function effectively only when the correct settings. And do not forget about the internal traffic: I supervise not only connect to the Internet - and use them to control user access from one part of the corporate network to another. You never know - maybe that one over there innocuous-looking intern is now trying to crack inside your billing database. There are three types of firewalls. Each has its advantages and disadvantages in terms of safety and productivity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FIREWALL PACKET FILTERING&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-665168588153789121?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/665168588153789121/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/complete-security-tips-for-personal.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/665168588153789121'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/665168588153789121'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/complete-security-tips-for-personal.html' title='Complete Security tips for Personal Computer'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-5093994536871656108</id><published>2012-02-05T08:07:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T08:07:53.264-08:00</updated><title type='text'>YouTube Music Downloader Tutorial</title><content type='html'>How to Install YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. First click here to Download YouTube Music Downloader.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Then save the youtube_music_downloader.exe file on your desktop. Doubleclick on it to run the setup.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Click on Next. Your on now on the window where it ask you to choose the default location for installation. You manually add one of your own if you want or else click Next&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Click Next so that the setup can create a shortcut in Start Menu.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Click Next and tick the appropriate option as per your choice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. You are now at the Final Stage of Installation. Click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. In the End click on Finish.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. You can see the software on your screen. It is a well designed and managed tool. The software is very easy to use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 28-02-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;How to Register YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;How to Register YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Click on Register now to register your free software. See at the left below part.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. When you click on Register now it will take you to the home page of official website. This page shows you a registartion code box and a clock which is the countdown of&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;your free download. Add the code.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Type the free code and then click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. You will get a message. Register successfully restart the program. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Now you are done with the registration of the software.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 28-02-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;How to use YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;How to use YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Run Free YouTube Music Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. The first window will provide you some easy to use tips. You can also go to the help section for a better support.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. The search box lets you to search music, album artist of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. The left column of Music Genre lets you to search for the top music in that category. Click on Rock or any choice of music you want.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. As you keep scrolling down you get more videos listed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 28-02-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;How to download music from YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;How to download music from YouTube Music Downloader&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Click on any video of your choice and the top of the vide you get a gray box for downloading the audio version.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Click on Download The Music Video Now! and you get this windows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. This windows lets you choose the format, the location of the music. Click on the drop down box to get more formats.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. The download list gives you information of your current and prior downloads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-5093994536871656108?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/5093994536871656108/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/youtube-music-downloader-tutorial.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5093994536871656108'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5093994536871656108'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/youtube-music-downloader-tutorial.html' title='YouTube Music Downloader Tutorial'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1350966267787630594</id><published>2012-02-05T07:58:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:58:13.315-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The Ultimate Fraps Guide</title><content type='html'>Fraps derived from Frames per second is a benchmarking, screen capture, and real-time video capture utility for DirectX and OpenGL applications. It is commonly used to determine a computer's performance with a game, as well as record gaming footage. The program is very popular in the making of amateur machinima films.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The visually lossless Fraps codec allows decoding of Fraps-encoded videos or transcoding to other video formats. The Fraps video codec manages to capture videos with minimal impact on game performance, as it has been optimized to achieve compression higher than uncompressed RGB, resulting in smaller filesizes, though the visually lossless format is considerably less space-efficient than more heavily compressed lossy video formats such as DivX. This is because encoding on-the-fly to a high-compression format such as DivX would have a large negative impact on game performance and only a very fast hard drive could record the immense amount of data produced in using uncompressed video. The Fraps format is a compromise of the two.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The freeware version of Fraps is identical to the registered version of Fraps but places an unremovable Fraps watermark at the top of every video, and each recorded video is limited to 30 seconds in length. Screenshots are not watermarked in the free version but can only be taken in the BMP format.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fraps can be used to record video at resolutions up to 2560x1600 in size. Custom recording speeds can be specified anywhere from 10 fps up to 100 fps, although at higher resolutions a reduced frame rate should be used to ensure the video can be played back in realtime. While the game is being recorded the frame rate of the game will be limited to the speed of the movie. Fraps is designed to be able to record video at HD resolutions on modern computers, including 720p (1280x720 @ 60 fps) and 1080p (1920x1080 @ 30 fps).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fraps can take screenshots in various formats: BMP, TGA, JPEG, and PNG.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order for Fraps to take pictures or capture videos onto their system, users must first be using a program that uses DirectX or OpenGL as a core runtime system. Programs that run in Windows without DirectX or OpenGL are not supported, and therefore Fraps cannot capture desktop applications under Windows 2000 and XP. In Windows Vista the Aero desktop runs through DirectX and can be captured by Fraps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unless disabled by the user, Fraps displays a frame/s count in the corner of the screen while it is active. This number display does not show up in the recorded video (but for videos captured while fraps is running, a yellow number display showing the framerate of the video reappears when the video is paused in certain video players, such as windows media player classic), and shows as yellow when not recording and red when recording. It also flashes to black text-on-white background for screen captures for the single frame that was captured. Fraps runs in the background, recording is activated by a user-defined key combination, and can be similarly interrupted. The frame/s count can be disabled within the control panel or be used with a keyboard shortcut.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Starting from version 2.9.0, Fraps supports DirectX 10, and generally is significantly more compatible with Windows Vista than previous versions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1350966267787630594?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1350966267787630594/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/ultimate-fraps-guide.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1350966267787630594'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1350966267787630594'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/ultimate-fraps-guide.html' title='The Ultimate Fraps Guide'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-8115224724418620072</id><published>2012-02-05T07:57:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:57:45.295-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]</title><content type='html'>This is a tutorial for all the newbie who want to install Custom Firmware in their PSP but are hesitant due to the hardware modification and stuff. This method lets you install Custom Firmware on your PSP without the need of Pandora Battery. This method is similar to the other old methods.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WARNINGS :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Install Custom firmware and mods at your own Risk.&lt;br /&gt;    It is recommended that you install CFW on the PSP which are not under warrant.&lt;br /&gt;    Do not attempt to install this on PSP 3000 and the newer version of PSP.&lt;br /&gt;    This method only works on PSPs with Firmware Version 5.03 and below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;FaMe FacToR FaMe FacToR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 710&lt;br /&gt;re: Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]&lt;br /&gt;Softwares you will need :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Firmware Update 5.03 - Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Firmware Version 5.0 - Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hellcat's Recovery Flasher 1.50 - Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chicken Installer depending on your PSP :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chicken Installer for Phat and Slim are both attached with this Post.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note : If you have a PSP Slim do not use Chicken Installer for PSP Phat and vice-verse.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Ready To Do it...&lt;br /&gt;Attached Files&lt;br /&gt;File Type: zip  SLIM.zip (500.2 KB, 455 views)&lt;br /&gt;File Type: zip  PHAT.zip (496.5 KB, 1407 views)&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;FaMe FacToR FaMe FacToR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 710&lt;br /&gt;re: Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]&lt;br /&gt;What to do and How to do :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    If you already are on Firmware 5.03 Skip the follwoing steps and Jum to step 7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Connect your PSP to your Computer and Open the USB Drive of your PSP from the Computer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Extract the Firmware Update Version 5.03 abd place it in "PSP\GAME\UPDATE" folder&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now Exit the USB Mod and disconnect the PSP from the Computer and restart the PSP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now run the Firware 5.03 Update from XMB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now you should be on Firmware 5.03&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Again Connect your PSP to the Computer and Run Chicken Installer [Slim/Phat] which applies to you and do not change the installation path&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now Run the Chicken Installer Application&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;FaMe FacToR FaMe FacToR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 710&lt;br /&gt;re: Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]&lt;br /&gt;9. Now in the PSP Memory Stick select your drive letter and click 'Install ChickHEN'&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. When you get the message saying "ChickHEN Installed!" exit the USB mode from XMB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Now navigate to Photos and there will be ChickHEN, just click on it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. PSP will be restarted and it takes some time so have some patience. If your PSP freezes, its no problem, keep trying&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Now copy Hellcat's Recovery Flasher 1.50 in the "PSP\GAME" folder&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Now place the Firmware 5.0 in the root of the PSP's Memory Stick and rename it 500.PBP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Again Exit the USB mode from XMB and navigate to Game and run Hellcat's Recovery Flasher&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Just keep an eye on the instructions and follow it carefully&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Done!!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If any queries, do post...&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #5  &lt;br /&gt;Old 17-09-2009&lt;br /&gt;Amorton94 Amorton94 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1&lt;br /&gt;Whenever I try to install chickenhen, after selecting my drive i get: Run Time error '76' Path not found.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any help would be much appreciated thanks!&lt;br /&gt;Yah am getting the same thing. Help would be greatly appreciated!&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-8115224724418620072?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/8115224724418620072/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/install-custom-firmware-on-old-psp_05.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8115224724418620072'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8115224724418620072'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/install-custom-firmware-on-old-psp_05.html' title='Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-4482951771707177966</id><published>2012-02-05T07:56:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:56:43.989-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]</title><content type='html'>This is a tutorial for all the newbie who want to install Custom Firmware in their PSP but are hesitant due to the hardware modification and stuff. This method lets you install Custom Firmware on your PSP without the need of Pandora Battery. This method is similar to the other old methods.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WARNINGS :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Install Custom firmware and mods at your own Risk.&lt;br /&gt;    It is recommended that you install CFW on the PSP which are not under warrant.&lt;br /&gt;    Do not attempt to install this on PSP 3000 and the newer version of PSP.&lt;br /&gt;    This method only works on PSPs with Firmware Version 5.03 and below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;FaMe FacToR FaMe FacToR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 710&lt;br /&gt;re: Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]&lt;br /&gt;Softwares you will need :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Firmware Update 5.03 - Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Firmware Version 5.0 - Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hellcat's Recovery Flasher 1.50 - Download&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chicken Installer depending on your PSP :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chicken Installer for Phat and Slim are both attached with this Post.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note : If you have a PSP Slim do not use Chicken Installer for PSP Phat and vice-verse.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get Ready To Do it...&lt;br /&gt;Attached Files&lt;br /&gt;File Type: zip  SLIM.zip (500.2 KB, 455 views)&lt;br /&gt;File Type: zip  PHAT.zip (496.5 KB, 1407 views)&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;FaMe FacToR FaMe FacToR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 710&lt;br /&gt;re: Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]&lt;br /&gt;What to do and How to do :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    If you already are on Firmware 5.03 Skip the follwoing steps and Jum to step 7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Connect your PSP to your Computer and Open the USB Drive of your PSP from the Computer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Extract the Firmware Update Version 5.03 abd place it in "PSP\GAME\UPDATE" folder&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now Exit the USB Mod and disconnect the PSP from the Computer and restart the PSP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now run the Firware 5.03 Update from XMB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now you should be on Firmware 5.03&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Again Connect your PSP to the Computer and Run Chicken Installer [Slim/Phat] which applies to you and do not change the installation path&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now Run the Chicken Installer Application&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;FaMe FacToR FaMe FacToR is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 710&lt;br /&gt;re: Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]&lt;br /&gt;9. Now in the PSP Memory Stick select your drive letter and click 'Install ChickHEN'&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. When you get the message saying "ChickHEN Installed!" exit the USB mode from XMB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Now navigate to Photos and there will be ChickHEN, just click on it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. PSP will be restarted and it takes some time so have some patience. If your PSP freezes, its no problem, keep trying&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Now copy Hellcat's Recovery Flasher 1.50 in the "PSP\GAME" folder&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Now place the Firmware 5.0 in the root of the PSP's Memory Stick and rename it 500.PBP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Again Exit the USB mode from XMB and navigate to Game and run Hellcat's Recovery Flasher&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Just keep an eye on the instructions and follow it carefully&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Done!!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If any queries, do post...&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #5  &lt;br /&gt;Old 17-09-2009&lt;br /&gt;Amorton94 Amorton94 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Sep 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1&lt;br /&gt;Whenever I try to install chickenhen, after selecting my drive i get: Run Time error '76' Path not found.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any help would be much appreciated thanks!&lt;br /&gt;Yah am getting the same thing. Help would be greatly appreciated!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by FaMe FacToR View Post&lt;br /&gt;Whats your PSP version and Motherboard? Guess your PSPs aren't supported. If you have any problem see this guide and try this method :&lt;br /&gt;how to install Custom Firmware in PSP?&lt;br /&gt;Running pspident my motherboard type is Fat, motherboard model: TA-079 v3 and my version is Fat v1.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;thanks for the link ill try it now any pray lol&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by mohadrian View Post&lt;br /&gt;Running pspident my motherboard type is Fat, motherboard model: TA-079 v3 and my version is Fat v1.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;thanks for the link ill try it now any pray lol&lt;br /&gt;Whats your software version?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by FaMe FacToR View Post&lt;br /&gt;Whats your software version?&lt;br /&gt;It was version 1.5, but now im using the 5.03 that i got in this guide&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by mohadrian View Post&lt;br /&gt;It was version 1.5, but now im using the 5.03 that i got in this guide&lt;br /&gt;This method should work on your PSP. But try out the one with Pandora Battery. That will definitely work. Do post back after you try out the other method. All the best!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;i get the run time error 76 path not found&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by xxslingbladexx View Post&lt;br /&gt;i get the run time error 76 path not found&lt;br /&gt;Please detail your problem... If this method doesn't work for you, you can try the method with Pandora battery...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;i run steps 1-7 i go to Run the Chicken Installer Application it instaled fine on my cpu it wont let me install to my psp i get run time error path not found&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;i was able to get thre last prob i get 2 the very end to install the firmware and it tells me error opening 500.PBP (0x80010002)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Did you follow the proper steps? Did you rename the files properly?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;mine says the system software of your psp system is version 6.10 there is no need to update&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You must then downgrade it to 1.50 so that you can then install the latest Custom version OS...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How do you run chickhen installer????&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Read the first post of this topic, you will understand how to run it...&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-4482951771707177966?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/4482951771707177966/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/install-custom-firmware-on-old-psp.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4482951771707177966'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4482951771707177966'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/install-custom-firmware-on-old-psp.html' title='Install Custom Firmware on OLD PSP without Pandora Battery [ChickHen Installer Method]'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-5405853634293624768</id><published>2012-02-05T07:56:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:56:20.589-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Mario Kart 7 3DS Walkthrough</title><content type='html'>he seventh of Mario Kart comes to Nintendo 3DS with many changes over the previous. Keeps your driving style simple, it’s hilarious and items to win races and a cast of characters that includes pets such as Mario, Luigi, Yoshi and Bowser. But he adds something new: the karts can also function as hang gliders, allowing more imaginative level than ever before, and now we can also configure your kart, and make suits our driving. Mario Kart returns more honed than ever in Mario Kart 7, an episode certainly no surprise, but of rare effectiveness. Rather beautiful, a perfect fluid, happily returns to the title of old gameplay elements (parts, shell blue N64) while providing clever new items constantly to revive the interest of the parties. A one or two exceptions, the new races are especially tasty, and operate as much as possible in 3D, especially during the underwater passages or sequences in hang gliding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In simple words, it is a classic racing Karts Nintendo characters come to 3DS to show its power and possibilities in 3D online. The game includes a new way to drive in subjective vision, as well as new playable characters such as Mario Lakitu and Metal, and a system of tricks similar to Mario Kart Wii. Mario Kart 7 has kept all the fun of the series, which is not a surprise. Indeed, players tend to moan because of the very random side racing on the Wii component. It was not uncommon to go from first to twelfth place in the space of a few seconds, and vice versa. In this episode 3DS has worked hard balance to allow players the most technical of keeping ahead of the weaker players, although it will always be back to his gaffe. And for good reason, not only plots are rather simple to access, but the game speed was lowered. Moreover, the Nintendo game lags quite shocking lack of potato, especially when we saw the previous album. However it can be done rather quickly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Game Modes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GRAND PRIX&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is the main game mode. Here you will face seven runners controlled by the console. There are eight cups available, but from the beginning you can only access two (one of the new and old circuit). Every time you get a cup (leaving the top three in the standings) will unlock the next. Each cup has 4 channels and at the end of each receive points based on your position in the race (the first two are 10 and 8 respectively, the third 6 and from there one point less for each). The coins are in each circuit shall be stored to get new parts for your kart (although you can not see how many have you caught in total). In addition, you will fill faster if you get your coin count (not speed but the more you have, the higher your top speed).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TRIAL Mode :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Under this mode you can run on any track that you had already played in Grand Prix mode. You'll run alone and without objects (although it has 3 mushrooms from the start of the race). The goal here is to make the shortest possible time. Once you complete a race is keep a "ghost rider" which is a recording of your career. So you can take on it to improve your time without danger of crashing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BALLOON BATTLE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The goal is to pop the balloons of your opponents, while they do not try to burst yours. You will receive points for each balloon burst, however, lose points if you lose one of your own. You win at the end of time limit, with the most points in their favor. Before the battle you have to choose the game options. Apart from the difficulty level of the opponent and how are the scenarios, you can determine if there are all objects or only chosen by you and if you compete in teams or everyone is going against all. If you choose the equipment, the points of each team member will be added on one side. The team with most points in total regardless of the points you have collected personally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BATTLE OF COINS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The goal in this game is to get as many coins. The find scattered around the stage and missed the ones you've taken if you are beaten by an object. That you win more coins in his possession when the time is set. At the top right of the screen you can see the counter of the coins you catch every moment. Before going on stage you can choose the game options and determine whether you play alone or in teams. If you choose the second option on the map below are the players with a blue or red edge, as the team they are. If you play alone will need to get more coins than the other players. If you do as a team, your coins will join the rest of your teammates and the team win more coins has picked up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Driving Tricks&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Turbo : Press the speed button right after that 2 of the countdown is displayed and before displaying the 1.&lt;br /&gt;    Skid : A major innovation is the glider in the game. The slider will be activated once you ride over a blue arrow acceleration. Pressing the pad down so it flies upward. Pressing the pad up so you're flying down. Fit when sliding on the obstacles that you want to make life difficult on the kart track. On some routes there are air currents that carry you up. Flying through them to stay longer in the air.&lt;br /&gt;    Miniturbo : Click the button and let R while you take the curve. If you do not release and press right and left alternately while drifting, you will achieve a miniturbo to drop R .&lt;br /&gt;    Superminiturbo : Click the button and let R while you take the curve. If you do not release and press right and left alternately while skidding, and keep doing it after seeing the blue glow behind your kart, you get a red glow. Releasing R will have a superminiturbo.&lt;br /&gt;    Jump to sprint : Just press the R button when you're on the ramp to come out of it.&lt;br /&gt;    Drawing on the site : Press the B button and without releasing to accelerate. Move the slider to the side to move in the chosen direction. Use it if you've been looking at a wall or your kart is turned toward bet.&lt;br /&gt;    Objects&lt;br /&gt;    There are certain objects that you can use to slow down your competitors:&lt;br /&gt;    Banana can throw forward or leave behind you, if someone steps on slide losing coins. You can also keep it behind you and hold the L button. Triple Banana will be placed behind you or shell protecting you from opponents who approach you on your back. You can drop them one to one by pressing L.&lt;br /&gt;    Mushroom Use it for a turbo sprint. Mushroom Trio turbo can use three accelerations. Golden Mushroom turbo accelerations can use all you want for a short space of time.&lt;br /&gt;    The spears and green shells bounce when it hits the walls, if it hits an opponent will make you stop and lose coins. Trio of green shells cast up to three shells can also use them until you protect your turning to the red shell throw go directly to the character that is before you. You can keep them behind you and hold the L button. Triple Three red shells that cover you from enemy attacks, you can throw them one by one to pursuing your opponents who are ahead of you. Spiked Shell goes straight to the character that is at the head causing an explosion to find it. Anyone who is near him suffer. Also, hitting on his way to anyone who crosses him.&lt;br /&gt;    Ray Reduce the size and speed of opponents during a short space of time. Bob-omb causes an explosion a few seconds of having released or released. Reach everyone who is near him.&lt;br /&gt;    Bullet Bill will fly automatically by the circuit at full speed for a few seconds, hitting everything you find in your path.&lt;br /&gt;    Blooper obscures the view of all the karts to go before you use it. Only takes a few seconds and you can avoid it with a sprint right at the time Blooper approaches.&lt;br /&gt;    Fire Flower lets you shoot fireballs with which to burn your opponents. Lasts a few seconds, so take advantage of it right.&lt;br /&gt;    Superhoja brings up your character with a tail that can knock your opponents for a few seconds. We also cover some shell attack from behind.&lt;br /&gt;    Roulette 7 I see a wheel with many objects can be selecting those with the L button when they pass in front of you.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-5405853634293624768?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/5405853634293624768/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/mario-kart-7-3ds-walkthrough.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5405853634293624768'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5405853634293624768'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/mario-kart-7-3ds-walkthrough.html' title='Mario Kart 7 3DS Walkthrough'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6404120380959930017</id><published>2012-02-05T07:55:00.005-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:55:58.303-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to Uninstall Windows Live Messenger Completely</title><content type='html'>Windows Live Messenger is an instant messaging application from Microsoft which used to be more popular with name MSN Messenger. As an Instant Messaging application, Windows Live Messenger is losing from Yahoo Messenger or Skype now in some countries. Therefore some people want to remove the Windows Live Messenger 2011 application from their computer because they rarely use Windows Live Messenger&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here I will give manual guide to uninstall Windows Live Messenger completely from your computer. This will be really helpful if you have problem with Messenger which can’t be uninstalled normally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Uninstall Windows Live Messenger completely :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Click Start, Settings, Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;- Click on Add or Remove Programs.&lt;br /&gt;- Select Windows Live Essentials, then click of uninstall&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Vista / Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Go to Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;- Click on Programs and Features.&lt;br /&gt;- Select Windows Live Essentials, then click of uninstall&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Next :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- In the Windows Live window, select Uninstall radio button and click Continue button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Then it will give you an option to Remove all the Windows Live Programs like Windows Live Movie Maker, Windows Live Mail, Windows Live Writer etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- User will be asked to select the programs that he or she wants to uninstall. Make a tick on the check box for Messenger, and click Continue button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Windows Live Messenger is uninstalled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Next, after finish uninstalling Windows Live Messenger, download and install the CCleaner program. After installing run the CCleaner program.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Click on “Run Cleaner” to make sure all “Temp Files” removed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Now we have to remove the Contact cache folders located under Application Data folder for that go to Start under search type in %USERPROFILE%\AppData\Local\Microsoft\ and Hit Enter and Delete the Windows Live Contacts folder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Now we have to delete few left over keys in Registry make sure you make a backup of the Registry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Now go to Start and under search type in Regedit and press enter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- If prompted by UAC, then click on Yes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- In regedit, navigate to each location below.HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows Live and Delete Messenger folder&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft and Delete MSNMessenger&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft and Delete MSNMessenger&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows Live\Communications Clients and Delete Shared&lt;br /&gt;HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft and Delete IdentityCRL&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6404120380959930017?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6404120380959930017/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-uninstall-windows-live-messenger.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6404120380959930017'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6404120380959930017'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-uninstall-windows-live-messenger.html' title='How to Uninstall Windows Live Messenger Completely'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6326987762798753477</id><published>2012-02-05T07:55:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:55:36.308-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Top GPU Overclocking Tools</title><content type='html'>Graphic cards are occupying a major part of hardware today. As we can see today's motherboard are more and more compatible with many high end graphics cards. This had made the users a resource hungry creature which always demands for better processing power to get the best on their system. SLi support has given a add-on benefit to use around 4gpus on a single system. Surely that is a high end system. Overclocking is another term which keep taking pace in technology. Today many of use are quietly aware about this. Many now that today Graphic Cards comes with more power and to unlock the same we need to overclock them. By using specialized tools you can increase the clock rate which can force the graphic card to work on a high speed and give you optimum performance. But beware, this pressure can blow you card out which will result in a dead system. The same applies for the CPU also. Some geeks do not stay behind because of this. I had seen many samples where users has just destroyed their new GPU's within some time of purchase. The reason can be lack of awareness. Via overclocking you can harness the entire power of GPU for sometime, especially when you are playing a game or want to do some resource intensive work. I had tried to cover the best tools that can provide aid to overclocking, certain tips and top GPU overclocking tools.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What I was talking before is about lack of awareness. Today companies from their side work and develop easy to use feature which allows you to overclock your system. You just need to go in BIOS or use your mouse to enable Boost you get a higher performance. But do you really consume or use that entire power. Not really. This is true. Some motherboard comes with Boost Utility which offers you to overclock your cpu in ease. And the unaware user keeps it on every time. This in result degrades the GPU's life. A grahic card or cpu is not destroyed by overclocking but it is destroyed or detteroirate becaue of power fluctuation. If your system has as table power supply you can avoid easy dieing of cpu. So in this part you must understand the minimum power consumption before playing with the clock rate. First whenever you are going for a overclocking especially for a GPU do not forget to add a power supply which much be not less than 700w. There are some companies which provides dedicated power supply specially made to handle overlcocking pressure. Second important thing that matters is the cooling. If your system is not properly ventilated then nothing can be done here. Liquid cooling is one of the best and costly solution for this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important points to be considered before Overclocking&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Maximum Cooling : Your cpu cabinet much have maximum cooling support. Do not see budget here or else you will loose your precious hardware. Your cabinet should be ventilated enough. If you are using liquid cooling remember that you had properly tied up every thing without any leakage. You must keep in mind that adding more fans in your system does not mean that your cpu will stay super cool, but on the other hand it will eat more power. You must buy a fan which can provide you a better heatsink and good speed. The design is waht all matters. There are ample of cpu fans which are made specially for overclocking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Buy a Better System Case : Overclocking can be appropriate if everything is fine. In the cpu cabinet also matters. If you buy a small size which is conjusted enough with wires and other stuff then that can block the flow of air. A big with lot of space here is recommended so that the cpu fan can continuous through out heat. It is also better if you can leave the side panel open at the time of overclocking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get a good CPU/GPU fan : Usually gpu is comes with fixed fan but for cpu I will recommend you to buy a new one. Do not really with the traditional one which comes with the packet. You can install any third party fan which is better in the market. Regular fan lacks design and are slower also. Go for a higher one.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 16-12-2011&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: Top GPU Overclocking Tools&lt;br /&gt;List of some top free software's can be used to test your system before overclocking :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Below I am proving list of some best and free tools that can help you to analyze that your system is ready for overclocking or not. You can keep the somewhere in your system so they can be use as and when needed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Real-Temp : This software helps you to monitor your system temperature. It is quiet recommended for all of use. It does not matter if you are overclocking your system or not. It help you to identify the system usage. The new version support single and multi core processors. You can leave the tool working on the other side so that it can tell you want is the current temperature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prime95 : This tool is a kind of test for the system hardware. It can also be called as benchmark tool. When you run the software the tool puts maximum pressure on your cpu and ram and find out that how much your system is stable. Only after a successful completion of this test you can overclock your system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OCCT : This is another similar tool ike Prime 95 which deals in finding out that your system can handle the overclocking pressure or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MSI Kombuster : This tool is specially built for Graphic cards. You can use this tool to find out the performance of a graphic card. It stress the gpu to perform on a maximum level.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Memtest x86 : If you want to check that your RAM is fine or not you can use this tool. It is a kind of memory diagnostic software. The software scan the ram for errors and generate report. It works from bootable disc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Intel burn test (IBT) : This is one of the most recommended software. It is a powerful software which has the ability to put maximum pressure on the cpu. This software is much better alternative to Prime95.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CPU-Z : CPUz is a free utility which helps you to find the exact hardware configuration. You can find the clock rate, your ram frequency, etc in the same. It is also possible to figure out the core voltage and other cache information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bios : Bios are the best place where you can overclock your system. This are factory settings which are limited and does not destroy your cpu/gpu. They are well tested and designed specially for high performance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Top Tools to Overclock your Graphic Card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TriXX : This is one of the most newest tool which is used for overclocking. This tool allows you to overclock AMD gpus. I am not sure about others, but you can give a try for the same. The tool offers a small utility by which you can modify the current fan speed. Also you can adjust the core and clock speed of the graphic card as per your usage. You can maximize the gpus performance as per your need and reduce the same when you do not want it. The tool helps you to create a number of different profiles by which you can save settings as per the need.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6326987762798753477?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6326987762798753477/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/top-gpu-overclocking-tools.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6326987762798753477'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6326987762798753477'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/top-gpu-overclocking-tools.html' title='Top GPU Overclocking Tools'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-8073217423111845795</id><published>2012-02-05T07:55:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:55:16.999-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Learn how to master the DISKPART command</title><content type='html'>DiskPart is one of the most powerful Windows commands. It allows you to accurately manage the partitions, resizing them, their assignment and their formatting. It can be incorporated into a script, and most importantly, may itself execute scripts. It is essential to restructure the USB key and is a formidable weapon to automate deployment of Windows on parking machines.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before you can use DiskPart commands on a disk, partition, or volume, you must first list and then select the object to give it focus. When an object has focus, any DiskPart commands that you type act on that object.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can list the available objects and determine an object's number or drive letter by using the list disk, list volume, and list partition commands. The list disk and list volume commands display all disks and volumes on the computer. However, the list partition command displays only partitions on the disk that have focus. When you use the list commands, an asterisk (*) appears next to the object with focus. You select an object by its number or drive letter, such as disk 0, partition 1, volume 3, or volume C.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Warning&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The DISKPART command is for an informed public that already have a minimum knowledge about partitioning and formatting disks and the use of command-mode "command prompt".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Misuse of this command can cause the loss of your data on your disks. We do not recommend beginners to use DISKPART. Most DiskPart functions are available as user-friendly Windows interface by clicking the right button on "My Computer" (or "Computer" on Vista) and selecting "Manage from the context menu" before selecting the module "Disk Management".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DISKPART is present in XP, Vista and Windows 7. However, the XP version is more limited because it does not offer advanced features for resizing partitions, for example.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To start DISKPART, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- On Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;Go to Start&gt; All Programs&gt; Accessories&lt;br /&gt;Click Command Prompt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- For Windows Vista/Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;Go to Start&gt; All Programs&gt; Accessories&lt;br /&gt;Right click on the Command Prompt icon&lt;br /&gt;Select Run as administrator from the context menu.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 02-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;TechyGuy TechyGuy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 202&lt;br /&gt;Re: Learn how to master the DISKPART command&lt;br /&gt;Commands Focus (Select/List)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The DISKPART command uses mainly two types of commands:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Those which specify the target or the scope of action: List, Help, Rem, Select, Exit&lt;br /&gt;- Those that apply directly to the pre element: Active, Assign, Create, Extend, Shrink ...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most commands work on the pre element, in other words, the element that has the focus. It is, in the controls, the selected disk, the volume selected, the selected partition.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The LIST command&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They enable the list of disks, partitions and volumes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- LIST DISK&lt;br /&gt;Gives the list of drives recognized by the system. The disc preceded by a "*" is the disk that currently has the Focus Diskpart.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- LIST PARTITION&lt;br /&gt;Gives a list of partitions on the disk that has the Focus&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- LIST VOLUME&lt;br /&gt;Provides a list of all volumes (unit disc) declared in the system&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The SELECT&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They can change the "Focus" (ie the selected item).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- SELECT DISK n&lt;br /&gt;Select the disk that has the focus. The "n" is the disk number as given by the LIST DISK command.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- SELECT PARTITION n&lt;br /&gt;Select the partition that has the focus. The "n" is the partition number on the disk that has the focus and as indicated by the LIST PARTITION command&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- SELECT VOLUME l&lt;br /&gt;Select the volume designated for a Focus. The parameter "l" is the letter assigned to the unit disc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The capture demonstrates the combined use of the command LIST and SELECT.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 02-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;TechyGuy TechyGuy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 202&lt;br /&gt;Re: Learn how to master the DISKPART command&lt;br /&gt;Erase and repartition&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The DISKPART commands make it possible to create and delete partitions. To do so, mainly 6 commands:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- CLEAN&lt;br /&gt;One of the most practical and most dangerous: it removes at once all the partitions on the selected disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- CLEAN ALL&lt;br /&gt;Equally dangerous, this command removes all of a sudden the selected disk partitions but also writes zero byte and every sector of the disk. Easy to completely erase a disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- CREATE PARTITION PRIMARY size = n&lt;br /&gt;Creates a primary partition the size defined by the "n".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- CREATE EXTENDED PARTITION size = n&lt;br /&gt;Creates an extended partition to the size defined by the "n".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- CREATE PARTITION LOGICAL size = n&lt;br /&gt;Creates a logical partition in the extended partition to the size defined by the "n".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- DELETE PARTITION&lt;br /&gt;Clears the partition that has the focus (be careful to check which partition is selected by a List Partition before running this command).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Example of implementation:&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-8073217423111845795?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/8073217423111845795/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/learn-how-to-master-diskpart-command.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8073217423111845795'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8073217423111845795'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/learn-how-to-master-diskpart-command.html' title='Learn how to master the DISKPART command'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-8251493975156786330</id><published>2012-02-05T07:54:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:54:55.242-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How To Triple Boot MAC OS X, Windows 7 and Ubuntu 8.10 Linux</title><content type='html'>Have you ever given a thought about installing three different type of Operating System on a single computer? Not Yet! Hmm... This sounds scary and too complex right? But You're Totally wrong! Its as simple as Install two Windows Based OS on one computer... Believe Me! Still Don't Believe Me? Ok Then, Read On :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will need the following :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    A Computer with at least 40GB SATA Hard Disk + 2Ghz Processor + 512MB RAM + DVD ROM&lt;br /&gt;    MAC OS X for Intel Architecture&lt;br /&gt;    Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;    Ubuntu Linux [Any linux will do, but i prefer UBUNTU]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installing MAC OS X&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Set your first boot device to DVD-ROM&lt;br /&gt;    Boot from MAC OS X DVD&lt;br /&gt;    Create atleat 15GB Partition for MAC and while formatting it, format it as MAC journal file system&lt;br /&gt;    Create atleast 15GB Partition for windows XP and while formatting it, format it as NTFS file system&lt;br /&gt;    Create atleast 8GB Partition for Linux and while formatting it, format it as Linux file system [EXT3 preffered]&lt;br /&gt;    Install MAC OS on the first partition&lt;br /&gt;    Follow the instructions. Its a GUI based istallation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installing Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Boot with Windows XP CD&lt;br /&gt;    Install Windows XP as you do it normally on the partition that you formatted as NTFS from MAC&lt;br /&gt;    But make sure you do not touch any other Partition&lt;br /&gt;    Reboot your computer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installing Ubuntu Linux&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Insert the Ubuntu CD and Boot from it&lt;br /&gt;    Select the partitions that you formatted as Linux file system while installing MAC&lt;br /&gt;    Now Create 1 GB swap partition from the remaining space&lt;br /&gt;    Install Ubuntu&lt;br /&gt;    Reboot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now as grub has taken over all the boot loaders you will see only two options :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Ubuntu&lt;br /&gt;    Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But nothing to worry about...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Now select to boot with Ubuntu&lt;br /&gt;    Go to "/boot/grub/"&lt;br /&gt;    Open "menu.lst" file with administrator's right known as "root"&lt;br /&gt;    Add the following lines to the file and save it :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    title Mac OS X (Tiger)&lt;br /&gt;    root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;    makeactive&lt;br /&gt;    chainloader +1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Reboot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Wow...! The grub boot loader shows all the three Operating system!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So..? Its so simple! Right? Finally... you believe me!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All the best...!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EDIT : If you already have any operating system installed and you don't want to loose data read post no.21&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 31-03-2009&lt;br /&gt;BruceSmith&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Posts: n/a&lt;br /&gt;Just make sure you first install Mac OS X then any operating system and the last any linux flavor. Make sure you use different partitions for all the OS. The point in installing linux at the last is because of the grub's capability to boot from any partition regardless of the OS installed...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;Actually I did two builds, one as described by Rudra J., and another on a different hard drive which already had the T60p seven-CD XP Pro build and a ton of app's on it. With the fear of losing the Win XP build, I went ahead with the appropriate partitioning, installed OS X, installed Eaay Peasy, and added the appropriate entries to Grub. The needed reference was (hd0,1) versus (hd0,0). It worked the first time and I have been using all three op/sys's for a month or more since my first post.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you purchase a new Mouse and Keyboard you will receive a drive cd by the manufacturer. Normally maximum operating system like windows, mac, linux, etc has a inbuilt directory of driver files. They include a driver for USB, mouse, keyboard, etc. But still if you have any issue then go to Apple site and select your system model number in the driver column. Download the relevant drivers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by sayanmaji View Post&lt;br /&gt;i have 250GB sata hard disk with 5 partition (NTFS) . XP installed in C (20 GB). now i want to dual boot with mac nd xp. how to prepare hard disk for this purpose?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;where can i get mac os x for intel architecture?&lt;br /&gt;Boot from Mac OS X DVD and then when a windows saying you to click continue appears, From menu bar select Utilities &gt; Disk Utility. Then select any partition and click on format tab, the format it with Mac OS Journaled File System, Then close Disk Utility and proceed with the Installation. Select Customize at the last screen before clicking on Install and then select drivers according to your hardware devices connected... Download iATKOS v7. How to find the download : G.O.O.G.L.E is everybody's friend...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Update: Tried iATKOS v7 last nite... Chameleon works v nicely but unfortunately with VAIO the rest don't! I was locked out, as usual the graphics driver was a problem first up, did F8/ -s on boot to enter terminal mode but keyboard didn't work! Read the text above and OS is read-only so it said. Well I might give iATKOS anoter try, because the first time I customised the installation, adding a couple of drivers etc. Maybe just going with default maybe better? Kalyway 10.5.2 was much more successful, just need either rEFIt or Chameleon to sort the dual boot out. Any idea if it's possible to install Chameleon only from iATKOS disc, after installing Leopard from another (in my case Kalyway)? Would that work? Advice on rEFIt/Chameleon probs appreciated....&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dude I've tried getting around partition problems many times using gparted after Windows already installed... everytime making partitions with via Linux has screwed Windows Boot Manager (ie Win doesn't boot anymore). Also in my experience Mac OS has to be installed first, making sure you format a ms-dos (fat) partition to install Win back onto, and another to install Ubu onto. See what Rudra says (he knows more than I do). Safest way I reckon if u want the triple boot is to follow his instructions at the top of this topic. If I can't sort out my Mac/Win dual-boot problems I will in the end triple-boot using grub as boot menu cos I know it works. Good luck&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;hallo guys, im reading this interesting 3d, i think was very good tutorial to learn more thing.&lt;br /&gt;actually im trying to install on my hp laptop multiboot: i like to install leopard (or snow leopard) retail win 7 xp (or vista) and ubuntu 9.4.&lt;br /&gt;i lost more time to try install but actually full multiboot not working so 1 time i have 7 and vista working but not mac and ubuntu, another time works mac and ubuntu with chameleon 2 bootloader but not win os and go on....&lt;br /&gt;i have 1 question for you: is possible my configuration using first guide or using rEFIT to restore osx bootloader after installed in order leopard 7 xp (or vista) and ubuntu?&lt;br /&gt;in last one case i must edit grub's boot file or not?&lt;br /&gt;thanks for your reply ;-)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Woohoo! Great eh? No fun without Internet... If you find you have to put all the code into the Terminal again every boot to get ethernet working, what I did is take a copy of the AppleYukon.kext and install it sraight into /System/Library/Extensions/ using KextHelper (but keep it in IONetworkingFamily.kext as well).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-8251493975156786330?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/8251493975156786330/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-triple-boot-mac-os-x-windows-7.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8251493975156786330'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/8251493975156786330'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-triple-boot-mac-os-x-windows-7.html' title='How To Triple Boot MAC OS X, Windows 7 and Ubuntu 8.10 Linux'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1963246849951174664</id><published>2012-02-05T07:54:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:54:35.169-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Trine 2 PC Walkthrough</title><content type='html'>Trine 2 is a side scrolling puzzle game which is offers new approach towards puzzle gaming. If you had played Trine already before then you might be aware about the gameplay. The game consists of three characters which are bound together on various objectives. They are wizard, thief and a knight. This three are kind of class in the game which is easy to switch in between the gameplay. As per the level and objective you are moving you can switch to any of this. The controls related to navigation and switch is easy. Every character holds a different skill which can be used as and when needed. You can use these characters in the gameplay anytime as per the hurdle you are facing while playing. So this are the basic steps that you should understand before beginning. Other than this you can save your game as and when needed. Saving the game allows you to save your collectibles and experiences. So it avoids the issue of re-collecting them back again and again. Other than this you just need to understand using the skills of different characters as and when needed. You can use the Tab menu to find out what the skills the heroes owned and switch them as and when needed. TAB menu allows you to see the skills you earn on the heroes. As your levels up you will gain more points and skills. Other than this it is possible to reset a skill.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Features :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Physics-based puzzles with fire, water, gravity and magic&lt;br /&gt;    Online and local co-op for up to three players&lt;br /&gt;    Save anywhere to play as long or short sessions as you like&lt;br /&gt;    Unlimited Character and Game+ modes add to additional replay value&lt;br /&gt;    Accessible for both casual and hardcore gamers&lt;br /&gt;    Hidden collectibles extend the length of your adventure&lt;br /&gt;    Fun and challenging Achievements to unlock&lt;br /&gt;    Soundtrack composed by the acclaimed Ari Pulkkinen&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Characters&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Amadeus the Wizard : Despite his ongoing research for finally learning the Fireball spell, the Wizard's talent is for conjuring peculiar boxes, and occasionally even planks. He can also levitate small inanimate objects. Amadeus is married to a lady by the name of Margaret. They have three children, all of whom know the Fireball spell.&lt;br /&gt;Pontius the Knight : The Knight is an eager champion of the kingdom, the protector of the common man with a great sense of justice. Armed with his sword, his shield and the powerful Storm Hammer, he's a formidable fighter. Pontius's great weakness is food. This shows around his waist.&lt;br /&gt;Zoya the Thief : The Thief makes her way up to rooftops and over walls with her trusty grappling hook. Zoya is not so concerned about family or duty, but she is content to be a hero of the Trine, for she loves adventure. Zoya's love for treasure, however, often leads her astray.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Trine 2 Game Controls&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    W / S / A / D = Up / Down / Left / Right&lt;br /&gt;    Space = Jump&lt;br /&gt;    E = Use&lt;br /&gt;    1 / 2 / 3 / = Wizard / Thief / Knight&lt;br /&gt;    Left Mouse Button = Primary Skill&lt;br /&gt;    Right Mouse Button = Secondary Skill&lt;br /&gt;    Shift = Navigate Additional Skills&lt;br /&gt;    Scroll Mouse = Weapon Navigation&lt;br /&gt;    Tab Key = The Skill Menu&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The Story Begins&lt;br /&gt;    Forsworn Wilderness&lt;br /&gt;    Mudwater Dale&lt;br /&gt;    Mosslight Marsh&lt;br /&gt;    Petrified Tree&lt;br /&gt;    Shadowed Halls&lt;br /&gt;    Hushing Grove&lt;br /&gt;    Mushroom Caves&lt;br /&gt;    Mushroom Murk&lt;br /&gt;    Searock Castle&lt;br /&gt;    Eldritch Passage&lt;br /&gt;    Icewarden Keep&lt;br /&gt;    The Last Chapter&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Story Begins&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The game consist of collectibles. You have to collect them to end up your task and to gain points. It will also enhance your skills. Every level can be played with the help of all characters. I had tried to mention the easiest way to end up chapters soon. Later on you can try by switching other characters in the same chapter. Beginning with Amadeus. At first follow the light outside the cottage. Keep moving. Starting part of the game will allow you to learn controls by bypassing the hurdles and jumping over objects. Jump over a big mushroom and wait for the bubble to come out which will carry Amadeus to top. You will be stuck if you try to move below. Ride the bubble to find the new path. Jump and here begins your first collectibles. Collect those shiny objects. The most you collect the sooner your level will be ended. So try to find them as many as you can.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the same way you have to keep on moving from mushroom to mushroom and finding those shiny pearls. Now as you keep moving you can control the swinging objects and move to other direction. This can be controlled easily by The Mage. You can use your mouse for the same to grab. Keep collecting items in between and move or else you might need to comeback for the same. The level does not end if you do not collect a number of objects. Once you are near to a big rock type structure you can find some more collectibles on the top of it. You will need to move towards the top with a help of a tree. The tree is on the top side you can locate that easily. Right click from your mouse and grab the rock. Move it and get the collectibles. In the same way you will find more hurdles in the coming path. To move towards down side you can make mouse with the help of left click and jump over it. Further you will need to jump to collect more. There is a see-saw type object, you just need to put a box on the other side to jump over. Just grab the object and move.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now Ponteus the Knight came in the scene. You have to switch the character to move head. Use the sword to make your way out. Just jump and to move ahead easily. The space key provides you a higher jump if you keep it holding for sometime. The pumpkin helps you to jump over and easily grab collectibles. Holding the space key for some seconds will allow you to perform a high jump. You can see a wheel in the front. Jump and move. For the blockage you can use a hammer. Use the hammer and mouse clicks to clear the way out. Now switch to the Thief Zoya. Zoya owns a kill of bow &amp; arrow which can help you to target distant objects. Like you can shoot a strong on the rope. By using it you can make the object to fall and move. Here you will need to find more collectibles. To grab them you will need to use the rope and swing left/right. Use the grapple to collect the objects and keep moving. This is the only way to end up this chapter. After finishing everything, you will able to understand all the controls and moves.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 27-12-2011&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Trine 2 PC Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;Forsworn Wilderness&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are now in the next chapter of this game. This part is one of the lengthiest. Under this part you will face much new kind of challenges. You will also learn how to properly switch skills and use the powers of different characters. Before beginning the game you must gain two skills of Amadeus. You can buy the skills and then move. These skills are Two conjured items and Plank. You can only get this by skill points. In this you can now play with all the three characters. So by using a number of skills you can&lt;br /&gt;pass more and more levels. Begin with Amadeus. Behind in some of the mushroom you can see collectible. You can bend the same. Some of the powers are really handy so you can keep the same for future use. Move ahead and jump over the leaf. Keep moving and collect the points. Same you have to swing and move so that you can land on another leaf. Switch to Zoya and use arrow to hit ahead. As the log will fall you can find another item. Now hit the wood with the help of Amadeus and pick them up. You will find checkpoints here. Moving above them will allow you to begin the same from existing checkpoint. Now switch to knight and hit the current orb with hammer. You can then collect them all.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Next, bend the wood to the right, jump beyond it to cause the appearance of another mushroom. Jump on the wood, then to the mushroom top. Keep going, the ball hit the wood-related experience to drop it, and take it. You can then use Pontius and break the wood which is blocking your path. Again with Amadeus, lift the boulder and drop it, breaking the wood underneath. Go down and break the wall. Pointus can help here to get rid of goblins. Create a box to reach the two vials of experience. Make sure to create another platform on the air above and lift the wooden crate. Place it on the platform that will now appear. Jump, pull on the box and place it next to you to reach the top tube. Two boxes then placed on spikes on the right and left. Take help of Zoya to grab the crate up and then press W to launch yourself toward objects on the right and left. Switch to Amadeus, raised the stone, to throw the plant shoot magical spheres, blocking it. Jump on the boulder to proceed. Drop down, Pontinus used to break the crates. Then jump on the swing, here on the platform, then on the boulder. Switch to Amadeus, create a box, and jump to check out the top and press E to retrieve it. Jump on the boulder in front of you, then on the top platform, then created a second fund, use it to jump to the left. With Amadeus, you change the wooden platform at the top to cause the descent of the ball-experience. Go down again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Switch to Pontinus, break the wall. With Amadeus, you create a box in front of the plant. Jump, move forward, use the lever (pressing E and A). Jump on the platform that will fall, dodging the boulder launched by the ogre. Kill the ogre, created a box to reach the area where he was, the ball-taking experience. Repeat the procedure later near the ogre. Collectibles in the area where the bubbles come out, create a box and let the bubbles rise. Then you move the crate, by diverting the bubbles to the left, then up, recovering all the objects. So hit the wood on the left, which blocks access to the sphere-experience. Then the right, make sure that Amadeus bend wood on the left, creating a box just above, so that remains folded. Then use the piece of wood on the left of the boxes, lifting and throwing him into the plant shine. Now pick up the wood, holding it by its right edge, so that it bends to the left. So move forward, following the snail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kill the two goblins, jump on the mushroom and leaf. Create a box on the mushroom, then jump on it to get to the leaf on top. In that zone, just below collocate lever and smash the wood blocking the trunk, jump to the lever, let it bend, run right and project yourself into the next area. Used to bend the Amadeus platform above you, a ball-dropping experience. Push the rock to the goblins below, then use it to jump on the platform at the top. Jump on the rock, created a crate, jump onto the platform to the left. Then to the right, retrieved the ball-exp, collocate rolling on the trunk, let it move from Amadeus. Remember, therefore, to create two more crates to recover before the ball-top experience, then the one below. Killed the goblins, create a box, jump to the rocks. Walk quickly, since it will start to destroy your touch. Then jump on the rock and into the tubes. Destroy the grass that blocks the tube on the right, then say Amadeus to lift the tube, add to the first tube, creating a flow of air power. Jump on the air and try to ride forward, toward the end of level enemy. You can not directly harm the snake. Create a box, jump left, then on the wooden platform at the top. When the snake pulls back his head before hitting you, jump, so hit the platform where you were, by dropping it. Jump to the second platform, repeat the process. Then the third, then the monster will fall into the abyss and the level will end.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mudwater Dale&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this level you will have to create two boxes, position the pointer in the middle of them and then press the right mouse button and slowly raise them. Take him as high as possible, go ahead and proceed forward, catching the tube in front of you. Jump on the flying carpet and take it to the vial, thus mutative in thief, shoot the crate in front of you. Drop down, hit the bee using Pontius. Create two more boxes, let them climb to the top, retrieved the ball-experience. Proceeding forward, jump on the checkpoint, then drop down to the goblins. Kill it, jump on the wooden platforms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jumping on the first, will activate a switch that causes the descent of a ram: use Amadeus to move, will allow you to overcome this area of play. You will notice the fire, and a wooden door with a lever nearby. Before use, we recommend you go to retrieve the balls of experience at the top between the trees. Go down to the block of stone, use it to block the fire, walk towards the area where the fire originated. Use the lever, look up, noting a wheel. Pull it, then create a box on the edge of the platform, so that the wood that goes out from the wheel to hit the chest, and the door can not be opened.&lt;br /&gt;Retrieved the ball from the box-experience, create a box and let it float in the currents to recover the objects around you. On the left, you'll notice a pipe deflected. Take it to the right, break the wood, and the piece of pipe attached to the pipes near the fire, turning the flame. Retrieved the ball-experience. To proceed, raise the extension tube on the left and place it on the right, then create two boxes and try to ride the wind made it to the bridge. Kill the goblins, then pulled up the stone, place it on the nearby alcove, slightly up. The left, jump onto the platform above you, lift another rock and split the wood that holds two vials of experience, making them fall. Go ahead, get off, and enter the small cave on the left. Lift the rock and bring it to the right, where you'll find another. Place the two pieces of rock on the ventilation ducts, to recover the jump-ball experience, then go back.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Use two stones to jump on the wheel, then use Amadeus to move the wheel to the right, and jump down. Jump into the water and retrieved the spheres of experience. So, staying on the left side of the path, look up - locating of green berries. Shoot towards them, Zoya used to jump on the tongue of the frog, then jump again to enter the water below and retrieve the other ball-experience. Continuing to swim, retrieve the large vial, then another two from the left - just above the water. Go back and jump onto the platform to the right. Repel the Goblin, use the stones along the wall to climb up to a sphere-experience. I went down again in the next area the door will close behind you - and be ambushed by some goblins. End it, then, head for the hive, localized fire on the right, so use the two tubes to the side to make sure that the fire hit the hive, destroying it and making you finish the level.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mosslight Marsh&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quickly jump along the platforms - they tend to bend because of your weight. When you reach the other side, defeat the goblins. Create two boxes, jump on it, raise them toward the hole where the goblin fell, catching the ball-experience. Next, go down the path, then activate the checkpoint. Use the arrows to kill the two goblins Zoya, retrieve the secret cash, then jump along the platforms, trying to stay always on top. Create a box and spaccatela to the wooden wall, taking the vial. Create two more boxes, move forward. Stand on the wood below, on its right side, so bend. Use the power of Amadeus also to bend the wood to the right at the top, so water reaches the shiny suit. It will come out a tree jump on "platforms" it creates, to retrieve a ball-going experience. Move to the checkpoint. Pontius used to jump to the next platform, waiting for the third hit from the first flower to reach the first platform, so as not to be damaged by it. So dodge the logs with the spines, reaching a kind of short puzzles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go down and stand on the brown wood on the right, so that it bends to the left. Place a wooden crate on the left, so you bend to the right. Pull the leaf to the right using Amadeus, so water hitting the plant. Go back up and placed one above the other two blocks, break the barrier and drop down to the boss. You will face a big goblin with a big stick. Dodge all his attacks by jumping, then move to the far left, jump into the alcove. It will try to hit you, but his staff will remain stuck in the wood jump on him and hit him. Repeat this procedure until his departure. Pull the lever to the right, through the door. Amadeus used to lift the "legs" that impede your passage, then walk towards the end of the level.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1963246849951174664?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1963246849951174664/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/trine-2-pc-walkthrough.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1963246849951174664'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1963246849951174664'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/trine-2-pc-walkthrough.html' title='Trine 2 PC Walkthrough'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6820144711591313020</id><published>2012-02-05T07:53:00.004-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:53:51.860-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to create a VLC Media Server</title><content type='html'>What is a Media Server ? Is it necessary for us all to have or not ? Does configuring Media Server is Technically Tough or Easy ? There is some common question which many of us face if we plan to implement a media server. It is necessary to get answers for this first, before going in much technical detail. Media Server is a common platform where you can share your Multi-media files. Like music, videos, images, etc. Media Server expands the possibility of sharing content among different devices. With a help of a regular home router and internet connectivity it becomes easier to share multimedia among different devices like Smartphone, TV’s which support wifi, Laptops, Desktop systems, gaming console, etc. By this you can get an easy answer of all the above three questions. It simple words you can inside the range of server (whether wifi or plugged) can access this files. The admin who runs the server has full authority how to manage the content sharing. He/She can extend the capability by adding free internet support, or additional disk space to users, etc. The more you configure, the higher setup goes complicated. I am here to give you the easiest streaming solution. With the help of this you can share your content with anyone inside the range of server. You can allow any user to connect and add or modify the content. That depends on need and usage. For regular home users they just want to view movies across their home either on phone or tablet or on TV.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gaming consoles like Xbox 360 or PS3 are media servers. They come with the possibilities of sharing digital content among the network. The configuration of the same is not too costly. But this does not mean that to create a media server it is compulsory to buy a Gaming Console. No. With your traditional PC or laptop you can create your own personal place where every member of your house or friends can view your movies, listen to music, etc. You can use devices like iPad, iPod, Tablets, Wifi Speakers, etc to sync and access the files directly on them. Apple products are much better in this case. Before going to a solution directly I will show how a media server works. What is its architecture. This will help you to finalize what are the products needed to have a media server. And a basic overview will give you the wireframe of entire network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Media Server&lt;br /&gt;Some devices are ready made media servers. They come with storage and wifi setup. You have to just enable them provide a LAN access and that’s all. But that setup is costly. If you have an overview about its functioning then it becomes much easier to manipulate the setup.&lt;br /&gt;A basic diagram of media server is as follow&lt;br /&gt;A Desktop System/Laptop Equipped with Media Server Software (Ex. Windows Media Server, VLC, Tversity, any LiveTV tool, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;A Router/ Or Network Device which will act a bridge for all connection. I will not only connect the devices wherever support Cable Network (LAN ) or WiFi Mode (WLAN) but also act as bridge for connection of new devices. It can be a wifi router also with multiple ports.&lt;br /&gt;All Devices which supports wifi/lan. It can be your TV which has wifi or LAN cable support. It can be your Smartphone. It can be any NAS device which can hold content. Any laptop or desktop which wants to access the files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Diagram&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is just a basic overview to get you understand how this works. In layman words you need the above two parts to begin with your own media server.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 28-12-2011&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to create a VLC Media Server&lt;br /&gt;VLC as a Media Server Solution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VLC is one of the most simple and open source solutions available today for media streaming. I found this tool as very easy to configure and there is nothing great settings you need to remember. Recommended for both Novice and expert this tool has option to run tons of codec’s and streaming smooth if all hardware on your network is functioning well. It is not just a player but a Media Server tool which can help you to stream files directly from the media server. There is no need to add any kind of third party software for this. All needed is some click setup to share your content over the air. VLC offers you a single package support to start your media server. If you can just plug some cables and install software, then it is enough easy to configure this. This solution consists of two important tools.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    VLC Media Player.&lt;br /&gt;    VideoLAN Server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. VLC Media Player : VLC Media Payer is free and can be found easily on the web. It is a short download. Download and keep in this with you. Other than this, you can also found this player for Smartphone’s also. It supports many operating systems. The reason to choose VLC is that you do not need to worry much about the video/audio formats. It supports almost all kind of video and audio files. VLC Media Player is best recommended for buffer less streaming. You can use any other third party tool, but the difference in performance matters. VLC Media Player is the most compatible player with VideoLan Server. You just need to give appropriate path to stream digital content.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Video LAN Server (VLS) : VLS can stream a number of DVD files and even live channels. It is also possible to stream live Videos via this through your camera devices. IF you are planning for an easy to use media server then VLS is the most recommended one.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6820144711591313020?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6820144711591313020/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-create-vlc-media-server.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6820144711591313020'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6820144711591313020'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-create-vlc-media-server.html' title='How to create a VLC Media Server'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6030967177618919611</id><published>2012-02-05T07:53:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:53:22.384-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Android Phone Rooting Tools and Steps</title><content type='html'>What is Rooting or What will it benefit to me? Two common questions which consist the base of risking android phone to death. Rooting is the process by which you can gain access to the root (core) files of Android operating system. Many of us are aware that Android is a Linux based operating system because of which it lies flat under open source category. This gives freedom to the developers to re-write the code which allows them to run more and more app on the same. Currently the Smartphone’s running Android system is locked with some limited features. You can only unlock them by rooting it or in simple words overwriting the phone OS/firmware. There are ample of custom mods and updates on web, but all of them cannot be trusted. Some of them can simply shut your phone down forever. So you must take care to root your phone. You must ensure that the mod you are applying suits the phone and atleast you have option back to restore your phones existing settings. Collect the most appropriate tools needed and then only go for the same. Remember this is not just plug and play process. This needs technical knowledge which can help you to understand about the root process and then only you can take advantage. Rooting allows you to gain permission to Linux core files and unlock those features which are locked. Rightnow there are ample of benefit by rooting. But still remember, that some companies has clearly stated that by rooting you will loose the phone warranty.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a geek job. Those you are enthusiast and want to play with the phone functionality go for the same. After the implementation of Android operating system, many portable devices started coming in existence. This has reduced a development cost to much lower grade. Due to availability of an open source operating system, manufacturers remain free from interface development and updates. Android has given an open market and it is widely accepted by everyone. Though in the phase of development is much easier to Root an Android phone than others. I had tried to explain you here each possible step with the help of which you can root your phone. Rooting just cannot be said that you are modifying your phones system files, but it is used many time to gain more performance. As we can notice easily that the number of Android users are increasing day by day, rooting has become a common process among the users. It is just like updating your phone with a better operating system and features. Remember every phone has different firmware version and OS updates. You can take this steps are reference and the entire responsibility is on your choice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rooting is very much similar to Jailbreaking. In iPhone or in Apple Products, jailbreaking allows you to run a ton of free apps with the help of cydia. This is just a sample. But Apple has clearly stated that Jailbreak means no warranty. Other than, still many has done this successfully. The market of Apple products is far more different than Android. Under Apple only one manufacturer rules. Only one type of operating system and firmware are developed. While Android is very fast and it is adopted by many with different updates and firmware. So here the process become more complicated to find the right file for your phone. While iPhone on the same has one process. Rooting allows you to gain more performance from the phone, you can run more apps and modify the phones interface. As I had mentioned already, that there are risk involved in rooting. First is loosing the phones warranty and second is making the device useless. Before doing the same backup your phone data. Atleast you can get your contacts back. Second thing, you must be aware about the entire process. You must keep all files ready with you and connection must not be accidentally terminated in between. I had tried to explain the process in detail with number of tools.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-12-2011&lt;br /&gt;racer's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;racer racer is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2005&lt;br /&gt;Location: Portland, OR&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 316&lt;br /&gt;Re: Android Phone Rooting Tools and Steps&lt;br /&gt;By Rooting you access God mode in the phone. Because of its open source quality rooting is not considered as unethical. Rooting depends on your choice. Many root their phone in order to gain full control over the features. You can tweak the system as you want. There are some points which are proper discussed on benefits of rooting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Performance : This is the first thing which is affected. Rooting allows the reallocation of cache which makes your phone faster. A proper root device can do this work in much better way. Other than this by rooting you can also over clock your device to gain some more power. This is becoming common on mobile phones nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;    System Files : As you become the owner of system files you can modify the core files. You can add themes, add new features, modify the widgets or any extra functionality which is possible can be added. Many root to add recovery support on Android phone which is quiet helpful in case of failure.&lt;br /&gt;    Tons of App Support : By rooting the phone supports a higher number of apps. It becomes more compatible. The best example is tethering your phone. This is not possible in many phones without rooting because of difference in hardware configuration. But with the help of rooting you can run the most favorable app for the process.&lt;br /&gt;    Run many more apps from memory card : It is common to use a additional storage space in the phone. Because of limitation some apps cannot access the SD card storage. But after unlocking you can use the memory card as a location for your app. It will allow you to add mor games and applications in the phone.&lt;br /&gt;    Upgrades : Because of rooting, you can add more new Android operating system released in the market. Atleast you can give a try. Many time it becomes impossible to run those on existing phone as you get message that device might not support. But with the help of custom rom it is possible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some Tips for Rooting your Android Phone&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Android Phone : First tip is to find the exact tool for your phone model. Some tools works for any phone, but some phones have specific limitations which cannot break via any rooting software’s. So at start it is very important to research properly that first is your phone ready for rooting. Are there people who had already rooted it. Second what tool is the best for it. You can find the same on web. Third, what are the consequences of rooting your phone model. Some phones comes with S-On which stands for locked ROMs. It is a bit complicated to root them. There are tons of forums and discussion which share this information. So just do not download and root.&lt;br /&gt;    Read the Root Process : Though the root process is not lengthy but you must read the same before performing it. There are very less steps, but they should be performed in order. Invalid or incomplete process can cause permanent failure of phone. It is very necessary that the rooting process should go smoothly without any errors.&lt;br /&gt;    Un-Rooting the Device : This is important to save you from loss. Before rooting go and watch some videos and root on unrooting. Many rooting tools provide you a direct button for the same. It is possible to unroot the device after rooting that bringing back the original settings. Rely on factory settings for the same mostly. So anytime if your phone is not responding properly you can unroot the same back again to make it work.&lt;br /&gt;    Charge your phone completely : This is another very important step for rooting. Your phone must be fully charged to carry out the rooting process. Do not just start the process without checking the battery power. It is very important to take care that the process is not terminated in between under any condition. If the phone dies in between the rooting process, it is very difficult to restore it back again.&lt;br /&gt;    Avoid Overclocking : A phone is much smaller in size and it is not really meant for overclocking. Many users Root the phone especially to overclock and gain more performance. This is extremely risky. There are maximum chances that your phone might burn out and you cannot restore it back as it is a complete death of your hardware. There are no way to make the phone work back, unless you are lucky. Do not play with the clock ratio, just root and enjoy the customization.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 29-12-2011&lt;br /&gt;racer's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;racer racer is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2005&lt;br /&gt;Location: Portland, OR&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 316&lt;br /&gt;Re: Android Phone Rooting Tools and Steps&lt;br /&gt;Rooting Tools :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SuperOneClick :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is one of the most popular rooting tool. It is not a official product. It works on any operating system. With the help of this tool you can root and unroot the phone. It helps to find driver automatically for your device. The requirement for this tool is .Net 2.0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Download and install this tool in your system.&lt;br /&gt;    Connect your Android phone. It is recommended that you must not mount your sd card now. For this just go in SD Card settings and choose Unmount SD Card.&lt;br /&gt;    Now from phone you have to modify some settings to perform the operation. Look in the settings and look for development. Enable USB debugging.&lt;br /&gt;    Run this tool. You can see a common interface in which you have to click on Root. After a while when the process is ended you can see a Superuser icon in your phone.&lt;br /&gt;    If phone is Nandi Locked then you will need to click on Shell Root instead of Root. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Z4Root :&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6030967177618919611?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6030967177618919611/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/android-phone-rooting-tools-and-steps.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6030967177618919611'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6030967177618919611'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/android-phone-rooting-tools-and-steps.html' title='Android Phone Rooting Tools and Steps'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1257075448668311409</id><published>2012-02-05T07:53:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:53:04.626-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The Adventures of Tintin : The Secret of the Unicorn Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats</title><content type='html'>The Adventures of Tintin: Secret Of The Unicorn is a platform game made which is classic and very much similar to the movie to avoid much confusion. The game begins with classic movements like moving, jumping, hitting, grabbing, etc. Tintin does not owns any super power but still the game is playable atleast one time. You have to get use to the controls first for easy moving. In contrast to the care given to the characters, the environments are not very detailed and visually, the title is far from the current standard of HD consoles. Textures, as well as backgrounds, lack the finesse, the various models are very angular, and the cut scenes are a little blurry with colors tend to drool a little. Loading times, masked by a small animation, are correct given the length of certain levels. The music is quality and fun sound effects in cartoon style. The game of doublers is convincing with particular reference to Captain Haddock, and his ancestor, who let go of the invective.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Walkthrough&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click to play the game. There are three modes in the game. The first is single player mode called as TinTin. You will play alone as TinTin which is recommended for start. The second mode is TINTIN AND HADDOCK which is co-operative mode recommended for two players. If you want to play with your friends then you can use this mode. The last mode is CHALLENGES. Under this mode you can enjoy the unlocked side missions which you will find as you pass the levels. You have accomplish all the talks to move on another level. But after playing it for once you will surely loose your interest. At start try to navigate the menu by going in options and see the controls and settings. There are not major settings. You can modify the controls as per your need. You play as TinTin a young reporter who with his dog Snowy and other characters reveals the secret of unicorn.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1: Flea&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The game starts with a plane mission.. You have to drive the plane in a storm and follow the tunnel until you are struck by lightning. Once the cut scene is over you have to take the control of Snowy. You can use the footprints of Tintin to follow him. By taking control of the latter, go to the truck and turn left. You will find the door in front of a chest containing a golden crab. Join quickly your dog to buy a model of the boat. Now follow the merchant that leads you to an expert. The latter offers a book about this boat. Read what is written in turning the pages. By inspecting the model of the boat, turn the three poles to the right to open a hiding place in the hull. At that time, bandits seized the boat. Run into the alley and enter the courtyard to the right. Take on the thugs struck on them with his fist.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2: MARLINSPIKE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is the second chapter of this game. You can see a map scene where Tintin follow the path which leads you to a new destination. The scene shows Tintin following Snowy. Take the right way and try to enter the building from the rear. The door is closed. When you resume control of Snowy follow the traces of the rat, sniffing the ground. This takes you to a hole in the garden. Dig to fall into it. Move left then digs down to the lower level. Turn right and dig again to fall lower. Bark in rats that attack you from behind and fight your way through the tunnel on the right. Climb on top and then go right. Dig twice and landed down on the floor then jump right and down between the two platforms. Dig twice in a row to fall on a golden crab. Go back and continue your way this time in the top right. Jump on the right ramp to climb to the floor and turn left. You will find at the far left a ramp that will help you achieve the right side. Finally jump from one platform to another to access the castle. Jump on the button near the red light on the left to open the door to Tintin.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Slide down the slope to the right then two more times to reach the other side. Go down one level and then climb the ladder to the right. Skip to the chest on the left to find a golden crab. Slide on another slope (right) and then climb the ladder. Lend a hand to the servant then climb the ramp on the left. Climb the boards to get up and surprise the servant by following the instructions on the screen. The screen will guide what to do next. Move on to the right and disable the butler. Cross the two walls and climb the ladder. Knock all the guards then go through the two walls, at the top right. Jump on the swing and wait for it to be tilted towards the top left. Run at that time and hold on to the floor. Cross the wall and down to get another golden crab. Then use the swing to reach the right lane.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Climb on the ladder and before setting foot on the floor next, pull the guard down. Surprise follows and takes the elevator in front. Before it reaches the ground, down to the right to access by the bulkhead in the lower left. You will find in this room a chest with a golden crab. Return to the hallway and pull the handle bar to get another lift. Let go of the handle and mount it. Surprise first then push the second Butler to the slope on the right. Climb the ladder and neutralize your enemies. Next climb the ladder and push the butler to the slope. Slide down the slope then jump at the right time on the platform right. Surprise the servant and then climb the ladder in front. Hold on then to the ring to get behind the platform. Climb the ladder and use the platform to reach the chest, just above. You will find in it a golden crab. Now go all the way down and knock out from behind the two butlers. Hold on to the left scale and down to the cellar where you'll find another chest containing a golden crab.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go back through the ladder and jump from one platform to another until it reaches the last, right. Then follow the only possible path to reach the next room. Go from one platform to another to the right. Pick up the bottle to the bottom and throw it on the button at the top. Return to the left scale and stand on a platform of the first wheel. Wait until you are at the top to jump left and get a golden crab in the trunk. Go to the second wheel and jump this time in the hallway at the bottom right to find another golden crab. Take a second platform of the wheel and wait to be at the top to climb the ladder on the right. Enter the next room and use the swing (right) to reach the chest that is below. It contains of course a golden crab. Go back upstairs and enter the barrel following the instructions. Knock your opponent from behind and jump the two platforms to land on the pillar on the right. Take the bottle and return to the first floor. Start the object on the button at the top so that the wheel starts to turn. Once up, climb the ladder to the right and take another bottle to throw on the bag hung up. Jump on the servant then progress down to the right until you reach a room with a new wheel. Throw the bottle on the button and go hide under the arches on the left. Now use the wheel to reach the top floor and go through the wall.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Move right and enter the first door. Pick up the bottle and throw it on the servant above. Go upstairs with the cabinet (left) and then pick up a second bottle for the launch of the guard at the top left. Hurry up to join him and knock him out from behind the man who will wake him up. Cross the left wall and climb the pipe. Move to Snowy and hold on to the opening on the right so that your dog can get. In the skin of Snowy, go get the key on the piano. You will notice the presence of a chest of gold crab you get back later. Go back to Tintin barking in rats that block the way. Go upstairs through the library and open the door. Surprise the butler to the right then grab the golden crab earlier in the left room. Climb on the placards on the right and disable the guard there. Go through the wall and get a floor through the conduit. Advance in the basement and go up on the mezzanine. Start the first bottle on the bottom and keeps the second one on top. Join it and take the golden crab in the trunk. Then enter the door below. First open the left door and disable the guard is in front. Take the bottle in the previous room and throw it on the central chandelier. Cross the wall on the left to find another bottle down. Use it against the butler to the right. Finally, take the elevator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go straight and pick up the bottle to throw the sand bag hanging from above. Down through the hole and keep moving forward. Use your lamp to burn vermin. You will find a chest containing a straight golden crab, take it and climb the ladder and activate the bar to bring a platform. Climb on it and light the way for the entire route to kill insects. Arriving in the next room, you'll see a chest behind bars. To reach it, jump across to the right then the left. Eliminate bugs left with your lamp and mount at the top. Get so golden crab. Turn back to the middle floor and climb the ladder on the right. Kill the insects then climb up the ladder. Before moving to the right, jump left and climbs the ladder to find a chest with a golden crab inside. Select the bar that is right and take the elevator. Activate a second bar to the left and climb up through the platform happens. Move right and climb the ladder. Get the bottle left and throw it on the right button. Make it bounce and land at your side. Pick it up again and this time throws it on the button at the top left. This will use a lift, get it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go through the right wall and climb to the top duct. Surprise the servant in front and enter through the door on the left. Knock out the two guards and take the next door. Pick up the ball and run it on the opposite wall so that it bounces on the servant who is at the top. Enter through the red door then climb on the library. This will allow you to bypass the guard posted at the bottom. Take his key and unlock the door. Grab the ball and run it on the chandelier. Pick up the golden crab in the hole that you had done and then go upstairs and hang on to the right leads to Snowy to enter. Go ahead with it and get the key to the boxes and then bark on rats returning to Tintin. Open the door and pick up the ball. Run it on the servant in the top left and make sure that its trajectory also affects the butler who is on the right. Win up to it and from there, hit the ball with the chandelier is in the top left. Cross the wall and climb the ladder. Go across the roof and down through the conduit. Go through both doors and on reaching the hall with the guards, first knock out the other side. Get the ball and hit the chandelier and use it again to reach the last servant, at the top. Finally, follow the only path to the exit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Wait in your safe place until the man who is at the bottom shows you the back. Exit at the moment and attack him from behind. Quickly regain your hiding place and wait a while. When his brother down and you see it turns its back, attack him from behind quietly. Once your opponents to the ground, take the key and open the window. Turn right after the first boat of each mast to form the image of the unicorn. Check the box hidden in the hull, it is empty. Do the same with the second boat and you will quickly learn that the box is empty also. Once outside, run in the garden and jump over obstacles before the car will crush you.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 31-12-2011&lt;br /&gt;Spykar Spykar is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Oct 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 322&lt;br /&gt;Re: The Adventures of Tintin : The Secret of the Unicorn Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3: Karaboudjan&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now you will play as Snowy. Simply follow the traces on the map to reach the boat where Tintin is captivated. By taking control of Tintin, pull the box to the left and get the three doors to the AREA 4. Move right to fall on a chest with a golden crab. Go back one floor and cross the platforms to reach the right level, basically. Enter through the door and go through the trap. Jump on the two walls from right to left (as shown in the drawing on the wall) to land the next level. Jump on the treadmill and run at the top right to find the golden chest crab. Then run on other treadmills down and jump at the right time to reach the platform on the left. Down by the two doors to knock a sailor then enter the door on the left. Knock from behind and grab the golden crab in the trunk and then go down the ladder is and go down the hatch, down the hall to the right. Use the walls as two earlier to reach the next level. Finally, enter the door. Move right and go down two doors. Lend a hand to the man who waits for you on site and then go down the hatch right. Slide on the ice and jump at the right time for you to hang the scale at the top. Cross the wall and turn the nut to the ground. Run it on the scale that is in the top left to go down it. Climb up and grab the golden crab in the trunk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Take the nut and run it this time on the gear at the top right. Cross the right wall and follow the pipes to reach a new room. Go down twice and collect the golden crab in the trunk. Going up, you will find a man ever fainted following his clash against the wall. Then enter the right door to face a diver. Go down the ladder quickly in the center then go to bottom right. Your enemy will try to reach you but it will slide on ice and hit the wall. His armor is broken and you can take the opportunity to knock him out with one punch. Then enter the red door that just opened. Once you regain control of Tintin, take a step back to find a chest of gold crab.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Follow the corridor and climb the ladder. Collect bananas and throw them in front of the man on patrol when it is facing his friend. So they will both be neutralized at once. Descend via the ladder to the right and through the ducts. Cross the left wall before the diver hits you. Exit through the door and pick up bananas on the platform to the right. Run them on your enemy he hits the wall and breaks his armor. Finish the job by a punch and get the key. Then unlock the front door. Run on the treadmill and jump on the platform and then quickly on another conveyor belt to the right. Take the trolley to the left to descend a ladder suspended. Reuse the central platform to reach it but do it quickly before it falls. Hung across the top, jump to the bridge on the left to find a golden crab in a safe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Return to the ladder and this time jump to the bridge on the right. Use the wall to bounce on the plate of the motor at the right time it once, hang around the top and jump to the highest level. Down through the ducts to the right to confront two divers. Use bananas to break their armor and knock them with a single punch to unlock the red door. Exit through the door right to the man who is above tomb. Go down the pipe right and grab the golden crab in the trunk. Turn back and climb the ladder then leap on the pistons that are left at the right time to reach the gateway top right. Get the nut and run it on the gear which is right across the bottom. Go through the wall to the floor and enter through the door. Go down the ladder, being careful to steam and disable the two guards posted at the bottom. Head down the next two levels, avoiding hot steam and then knock the sailors in the darken part and Lend a hand to the man who is at the top and then hurry to jump on the bridge on the left. Two other guards try to reach you but they slip on the ice and fall down. Return to currently in the bridge right above you will find a chest containing a golden crab.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step back, jumping on the bridge on the left and disable all your enemies. Use the cage to the left to reach the platform hosting the trunk of the crab and a gold ball. Finally, use this weapon to clean the room and then climb the ladder, the top right. Bounce on walls to reach the next and through the door. Once outside, follow the instructions on the screen to switch from one window to another with your grapple. Back inside the ship, climb the ladder to the right and go down quickly in the first trap. Wait until you exceed your enemy to go through the second door and knock him out from behind. Pick up the golden crab in the cage bottom before entering the left door. Surprise the guard in the corridor next and climb the ladder on the right. Bound on the walls to start a small cutscene.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By taking control of Tintin, loot the pot behind the fence and run it on the first guard down. Join the fast and Massena him a punch. Go down the ladder on the left and knock out from behind the second guard. Get the pot in front and run it on one of your enemies who are down. When knocking down all his comrades, will calm him a punch in the face. Finally enter the red door that opens and then advance into the hallway and follow Allan via the ladder. It will lift as you continue to move forward. Knock the two men down and take the golden crab before entering through the door. In the new room, engulfing you in the door for the man who finds himself falling over. Run behind him who has the key and neutralize it. Bound on the right wall and climb the ladder to fall to another chest containing a golden crab. Unlock the door downstairs. Back outside, follow the instructions to switch from one window to another. After the cutscene, go forward a bit and put yourself in front of the box of fireworks. Allan soon launches a bomb, stay away for a rocket comes straight at him. Do the same procedure with the other two boxes at the bottom. Allan will then join you in the room. Attack him three times using bananas for it struck the wall and passed out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then open his wallet and steal the scroll. Drag the photo up to Allan to finish. Then you take control of Francis Haddock. This last venture alone and simply moves their arms to him. Shake the torch to light the wicks of two guns. Back at your desk, take on the three pirates swinging your sword quickly. When you are outside, disable the two pirates in order to follow the third. To reach it we must first deal one of his attacks. If he swings his sword horizontally, attach your vertical and vice versa. When he fainted, finish the work with a sword for the project into the sea this time, three other pirates will throw you over the bottles and bombs. Swing your sword at the right time to return to these thugs. Neutralize with your sword two other pirates to go down one floor Haddock. Fight the three pirates around you and then take on the beefier. You must also deal this time his shots to be able to touch. Once Haddock is on small vessels, return the bombs that hackers launch you over. Immediately after, you will face the cook. Trim then hit three times to calm him down. Neutralize the two pirates further to face another formidable enemy. Wait for it to counter attack and dealt him a well-placed sword.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1257075448668311409?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1257075448668311409/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/adventures-of-tintin-secret-of-unicorn.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1257075448668311409'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1257075448668311409'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/adventures-of-tintin-secret-of-unicorn.html' title='The Adventures of Tintin : The Secret of the Unicorn Walkthrough, Tips and Cheats'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2624327914064193271</id><published>2012-02-05T07:52:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:52:36.091-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to use Auditing to Track Deleted Files on Windows Server</title><content type='html'>Many of us who use Windows Server are not really aware about a unique feature called as Auditing. This are knows to network admins only. What does this do? I got a mail last time from a friend who runs a Computer Learning Institute. Some of his eBooks were deleted and he was not able to track who did it. After contacting me, I suggested him to enable Auditing Policies on Windows Server which enable you to find records of user’s activity on the network. It is possible to track who deleted the files, who modified it or moved or and even the logins and logouts. Auditing is a very simple process which generates logs helping the networking admins to keep a track of user’s activity. This is best recommended for all those who run small or big size server networks. Auditing is available in all version of Windows Server and marks my works, this is not really tough to configure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The steps to enable are simple. Windows Server 2008 R2 offers better features in Auditing. Called as Security Auditing it helps you to track the user’s effectiveness in your work. In the new version there are more enhancement and complex algo which works more efficiently. There are high levels of security auditing logs and simplified deployment. From my views I recommend you to use the most recent version if you need a higher level of security. Or else it really does not matter if you just want the logs. Some of the enhancement which I want to highlight here if you use Windows Server 2008 or higher are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Global Object Access Auditing: Under this you get option to enable SACLs. It is called as computer system access control list. Under this the object type can be defined as per file system or registry. Once the list is applied it is applied to every object of type you can configure. It is best recommended to track system files. It is recommended for a wide network. It can track changes done to system files and registry.&lt;br /&gt;    Reason for access" reporting: Reason for access" reporting. This list is called as Access Control Entries. Under this, the admin has right to allow privileges to objects. He/She can on his will allow or deny rights to objects in the environment.&lt;br /&gt;    Advanced audit policy settings: There are 53 new settings in this. As mentioned on Microsoft site it is found that the new additions allow the admins to target more specific activities.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What Auditing can do?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two ways to use it. First you can describe policies which will track the user activities. And other system wide activities. Under use actives you can collect logs of user logins, logouts, file modifications, deletion, etc. while under system wide you can generate logs on objects activities. A sample I can give is of user membership process. It allows you to track the following&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The action that was performed.&lt;br /&gt;    The user who performed the action.&lt;br /&gt;    The success or failure of the event and the time that the event occurred.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 3 Weeks Ago&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to use Auditing to Track Deleted Files on Windows Server&lt;br /&gt;For working with this you have to define an audit policy. This are define on the base of categories of events which are maintain by security log on every system. With the help of information in Security Log you can track the events occurred. For example when you had defined a policy and a user login or logs out his activity is recorded in the log. If the login and logout fails then also it is recorded in the logs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Benefits of using new enhancement in new version of Windows Server&lt;br /&gt;Older version offers you around 9 different categories to track the events while the new version offers you around 53 categories to track. So you can understand which one can benefit you. Everything is record and maintained in the policies. Under 53 categories the admin has lot more to choose. He can also become selective to certain action assigned t number of users for the particular event.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Steps to Configuring Audit Policy on a Domain Controller.&lt;br /&gt;This service is turned off. You have to enable it via Audit Policy settings and you have to configure the same for all domain controllers. There are certain pre-requirements you have to check before enabling this out. First you must grant Manage Auditing and Security Log user right on every computer where you want to configure it. Another important thing the objects under audio must lie on NTFS partitions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Process to configure Audit on Domain Controller&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Click on Start &gt; Programs &gt; Administrative Tools &gt; Active Directory Users and Computers &gt; View &gt; Advance Features&lt;br /&gt;    Now look for Group Policy &gt; Click on Domain Controller &gt; Edit &gt; Click Computer Configuration &gt; Windows Settings &gt; Security Settings &gt; Local Policies &gt; Audit Policy.&lt;br /&gt;    Now on the right site right click on Audit Directory Services Access &gt; Properties. From here you can start defining the Audit policies. There are two checkboxes here. The first one is called as Success. This means it will keep an audit of success attempts and Failure for the failed attempts. Tick on both.&lt;br /&gt;    Now again right click on any other event category which you want to Audio and choose properties.&lt;br /&gt;    To apply the settings for the computer you have to type the following in command prompt: gpupdate /computername hit enter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Process to configure Audit on Objects in Active Directory&lt;br /&gt;This settings for configuring audit on objects like user computer or groups. You can specify manually for the same. The process is same as above. I am just updating the changes below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Click on Start &gt; Programs &gt; Administrative Tools &gt; Active Directory Users and Computers &gt; View &gt; Advance Features&lt;br /&gt;    Right click on the object &gt; Properties. Click on Security &gt; Advance &gt; Audit &gt; Add. Now from here you can add user name/group name or even objects. Apply the same settings and then check back.&lt;br /&gt;    Applying Audit to a folder&lt;br /&gt;    This is another simple process of applying audit to specific folder or file only. This is helpful when you want to trace the activity of changes made to file or data. Right click on the folder and click on Properties &gt; Security &gt; Advance. Tick on below check box which says: Allow inheritable permission from parent to propagate to this object.&lt;br /&gt;    Click on Auditing &gt; Add and add the users. And after that in the object box tick on Delete option. There are two boxes. Choose them and apply them.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2624327914064193271?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2624327914064193271/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-use-auditing-to-track-deleted.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2624327914064193271'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2624327914064193271'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-use-auditing-to-track-deleted.html' title='How to use Auditing to Track Deleted Files on Windows Server'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6429065384576791174</id><published>2012-02-05T07:52:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:52:13.983-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC - Part 2</title><content type='html'>Re: Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC&lt;br /&gt;Please check previous discussion on this page: Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC - Part 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Installation, Apply the following Steps:&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to memory card&lt;br /&gt;2. Go to Games Folder (It May be GAME Also), (If Not Create GAMES Folder)&lt;br /&gt;3. Copy *.nes Games in GAMES Folder&lt;br /&gt;4. Then Just Go To Fun &amp; Games Folder&lt;br /&gt;5. Restart your phone and goto Fun and Games &gt; EMUD GAME/Games Folder you can see Game&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;I am not able to install the games to my china iphone(J2000 TV WIFI) as shown above. i was able to follow the above steps till Point 3 and able to follow steps 4 and 5, can any body guide me with the screenshots for the above steps given.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thanks&lt;br /&gt;Vaidya&lt;br /&gt;Last edited by FReakMaster : 01-07-2011 at 02:42 AM. Reason: Threads Splitted&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 24-02-2011&lt;br /&gt;Huron Huron is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2010&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 2,581&lt;br /&gt;Re: Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by vaidya View Post&lt;br /&gt;For Installation, Apply the following Steps:&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to memory card&lt;br /&gt;2. Go to Games Folder (It May be GAME Also), (If Not Create GAMES Folder)&lt;br /&gt;3. Copy *.nes Games in GAMES Folder&lt;br /&gt;4. Then Just Go To Fun &amp; Games Folder&lt;br /&gt;5. Restart your phone and goto Fun and Games &gt; EMUD GAME/Games Folder you can see Game&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;I am not able to install the games to my china iphone(J2000 TV WIFI) as shown above. i was able to follow the above steps till Point 3 and able to follow steps 4 and 5, can any body guide me with the screenshots for the above steps given.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thanks&lt;br /&gt;Vaidya&lt;br /&gt;If you are not able to work with the above given step for installation of the games in China mobile phone then i will advise you to go with the below given link which is having the complete guide for the installation of the game in the china mobile with proper images. So if you can then go through the same and see whether this is working with the issue of yours or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to install .NES games in China Mobile - Step by Step&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 10-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;bwalya bwalya is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2011&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1&lt;br /&gt;Re: Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC&lt;br /&gt;i want drivers for iphone4 chinese phone&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 10-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;Santy Santy is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Apr 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 470&lt;br /&gt;Re: Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by bwalya View Post&lt;br /&gt;i want drivers for iphone4 chinese phone&lt;br /&gt;It is already attached with the very first post of this thread. Any ways you can download the USB Modem Drivers for your China mobile from here itself. If that dint works than download another from this post: Download Free Usb Modem Drivers for China Mobile Phone&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #5  &lt;br /&gt;Old 15-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;Ali2703207 Ali2703207 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2011&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 2&lt;br /&gt;Re: Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC&lt;br /&gt;sorry if this is the wrong place to post this I'm new here. SO I went and downloaded mt6227 drivers for china n95, did everything but 3 things happened&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1; when I attached my phone to the PC, drivers were not automatically installed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2; USB Device not recognized keeps showing up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3; I tried to manually install the drivers but windows says that " You already have the latest drivers installed" and keeps giving me the USB Device not recognized error. what am I doing wrong.. PLZ help.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6429065384576791174?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6429065384576791174/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/install-china-mobile-phone-modem-driver.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6429065384576791174'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6429065384576791174'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/install-china-mobile-phone-modem-driver.html' title='Install China Mobile Phone Modem Driver and Connect to Internet on PC - Part 2'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2870807428212066359</id><published>2012-02-05T07:51:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:51:45.535-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Best LED Gaming Monitors Buying Guide</title><content type='html'>With LED backlight has to distinguish two processes. The white light for the backlight can be generated either by pure white LEDs or you can use three different LEDs in the colors red, green and blue, and it mixes together the white point. The latter method is technically much more complicated, but gives much better results, particularly in color range. Currently on the market, LED displays work with almost all the low-cost white LEDs. The white point is defined here as much as conventional monitors. If you want to change the white point, the only way is through the look-up table of the graphics card, resulting in a loss of dynamics thus has a smaller gamut result.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They provide a clearly visible and measurable advantage LEDs bring in homogeneity, that is the most uniform illumination of the entire screen. All the models tested here are in some cases considerably better than models with fluorescent lights.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;List of Best LED Gaming Monitors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Viewsonic VX2753MH-LED 27 : This is one of the best 27" widescreen full HD LED Monitor. Response time is around 1ms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Specification Highlights :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    27” wide Color TFT Active Matrix LCD with 16:9 aspect ratio&lt;br /&gt;    1920x1080 True Resolution&lt;br /&gt;    Contrast Ratio : 1200:1 (typ), 30,000,000:1 (max)&lt;br /&gt;    Response Time : 3ms (typical), 1ms (GTG)&lt;br /&gt;    Connectivity : VGA up to 1920x1080 non-interlaced / 1×15 pin mini D-sub / HDMI x 2 (HDMI ver.1.3) / Audio Out - 3.5 mm jack (blue) / Audio In - 3.5 mm jack (green) / External Power Adapter&lt;br /&gt;    2W x 2 Speakers&lt;br /&gt;    Weight : 4.7 Kgs&lt;br /&gt;    Price : Between $250 to $350 Approx : Price differs as per seller but lies close to the range. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Viewsonic VX2453MH-LED :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ViewSonic’s VX2453mh-LED features an LED backlight 24" (23.6" viewable) ultra-thin widescreen monitor with up to 40% energy savings compared to a regular 24" monitor. Environmentally friendly mercury free VX2453mh-LED offers Full HD 1920x1080 resolution, two HDMI inputs, external power supply, 2ms response time, 30,000,000:1 MEGA dynamic contrast ratio, book stand option and SRS Premium Sound. Ideal for both home and office with a glossy black finish. The aspect ratio adjustment feature automatically senses the input single and will not stretch a 4:3 signal but instead will position the image in the middle of the screen with side bars. A 3 year warranty, the industry’s best pixel performance policy, energy saving Eco-mode and Windows 7 certification, make VX2453mh-LED a great long term investment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Specification Highlights :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    24" (23.6" Viewable) Wide Color TFT Active Matrix LCD&lt;br /&gt;    1920x1080p Resolution&lt;br /&gt;    Contrast Ratio : 1000:1 (typ); 30,000,000:1 (dynamic)&lt;br /&gt;    Response Time : 2ms (GTG)&lt;br /&gt;    Connectivity : VGA up to 1920x1080 non-interlaced / 15-pin mini D-sub(VGA) / HDMI x2 / 3-pin AC plug (CEE22) / Audio In (3.5mm Jack) / Audio Out / Headphone (3.5mm Jack)&lt;br /&gt;    2W x 2 Speakers&lt;br /&gt;    Weight : 4.1 kg&lt;br /&gt;    Price range: $189.99 - $209.99 - Price differs as per seller but lies close to the range. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ViewSonic VA2333-LED&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ViewSonic’s new VA2333-LED is a 23" environmentally friendly Full HD widescreen monitor with mercury-free LED backlight. With 1920x1080 resolution, 10,000,000:1 MEGA dynamic contrast ratio, DVI and VGA inputs and VESA mountable glossy finish design, VA2333-LED is ideal for both homes and offices. It also has an automatic aspect ratio adjustment so when your input is a 4:3 signal, the image will not be stretched but instead it will be positioned in the middle of the screen with side bars. 3-year warranty, industry’s best pixel performance policy and energy saving Eco-mode make VA2333-LED the best choice for both corporate and education customers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Specification Highlights :&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2870807428212066359?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2870807428212066359/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/best-led-gaming-monitors-buying-guide.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2870807428212066359'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2870807428212066359'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/best-led-gaming-monitors-buying-guide.html' title='Best LED Gaming Monitors Buying Guide'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-250435214732694680</id><published>2012-02-05T07:50:00.005-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:50:57.465-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Gaming Monitor Buying Guide</title><content type='html'>Everyone today wants the best system to play high graphics game. For that users pay a lot to get the right system. Some invest more in the hardware and some in the software. But you must also know that if you are not having a proper display, then you might get not satisfied with your current investment. Buying a gaming pc or just upgrading the monitor is two different choices. Under the first one you have to decide everything while for the other one you just need to read this article. It does not matte whether you are buying a entire gaming pc or just looking for a monitor, this article is a kind of buying guide which will provide you information on the current gaming monitor models and prices. You can choose the best among them as per your need and budget. Anyhow for gaming pc we always opt to have a good gpu or graphic card. For the synchronization with current high end graphics you must have a widescreen high resolution monitor. People are moving towards 3D very fast. But still in my view 3D might take more time to become common.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What you can do is go in your nearby shop and search for a widescreen monitor and you can only see those models which the dealer has. The other option you can try is using internet and finding a model which might out of your reach. My motive is to provide you just the information so that you can directly inquire. It is not right to say that there are different types of monitor like gaming monitor, or regular monitor. No there are not. What differs is the technology they carry. Some carry higher resolution while some carry a better contrast ration with high color detailing. Some are energy lover while some are best in look. For gaming I had not seen companies providing some dedicated monitors. If there are they are too costly and not recommended to buy as you are not going to play video games 24x7. I had tried here to give you samples and example of monitors with minor specification information. These monitors are best for gaming as well as for regular purpose and also for multimedia. You can choose the model and budget as per your choice. You can click here to see BEST LCD GAMING MONITOR BUYING GUIDE and BEST LED GAMING MONITOR BUYING GUIDE which will give you more reference on current models and prices.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before jumping to the list I want to mention some really important points, which will help you always at the time of purchasing a monitor, either gaming or regular. I had mostly target the benefits of gaming monitor only. Gaming monitors are typical choice of game enthusiast who loves to have a high rig with flash look. There are some aspects which are matter of consideration and should be looked once. First you must know the response time. Every monitor has a quick response time. Now some of you might be wandering what it is. In simple words it is the time which taken by a pixel in monitor to switch from black and then to white and then black again. This are measured in milliseconds. The better the response time the much better video quality you will get. Anyhow new monitor are equipped with good response time or around or below 3ms.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 3 Weeks Ago&lt;br /&gt;racer's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;racer racer is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Mar 2005&lt;br /&gt;Location: Portland, OR&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 316&lt;br /&gt;Re: Gaming Monitor Buying Guide&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another important thing which we neglect mostly is the refresh rate. Refresh rate is the period of time which taken by the monitor to collect information from source. It is just like flickering your monitor at a super fast speed which is not noticeable with regular eyes. The higher the refresh rate lower the eyes are affected. Today monitors are equipped with good refresh rate of around 120hz or higher. If you are a hard core gamer and play gaming for hours then this should be on the top of your list. Refresh is important to consider from the point of view of sitting in front of system for longer time. Along with also comes the Contrast Ratio. This is nothing just the brightness and contrast power of a monitor. The higher the contrast the more it is clear but more it affects your eyes if you site more near to it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choosing between a LED monitor and LCD monitor is confusion. There is a price difference among them. If you can figure out what is the actual difference between them, then your decision can become stronger. It is clear from the world that LED is better. But why, because it is clear or because it thinner. The really difference is still not known to many. In a LED monitor you can get back light on the monitor screen. For example in many Smartphone the keypads are equipped with lights on the backside and because of which the text glows in dark. In the same way in LED the entire screen is support by LED lights divided into columns and rows. The benefit of this monitor is less power consumption than LCD and higher contrast ratio. LED monitors have super cool resolutions than LCD. They are thinner and lighter. For gaming LED is must recommended.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some renaming points to keep in mind before purchasing a monitor is checking the number of output mode you got. Like a VGA, HDMI or DVD-D. There are some monitors who also come with USB or LAN port which helps you to view directly your multimedia content. This is more economical in my views. 3D is the last choice, but if you want to go with the technology then you can look for those monitor which supports 3D gaming. It is not recommended but as a choice you can keep this as an alternative.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-250435214732694680?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/250435214732694680/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/gaming-monitor-buying-guide.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/250435214732694680'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/250435214732694680'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/gaming-monitor-buying-guide.html' title='Gaming Monitor Buying Guide'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7552172953719498452</id><published>2012-02-05T07:50:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:50:37.116-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Multi boot system with Ubuntu (GRUB)</title><content type='html'>Multi boot system with Ubuntu (GRUB)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ubuntu comes with a handy boot screen, called Grand Unified Bootloader, or GRUB. This screen can, however, in your eyes, a number of startup options to show much, or too little. So I put in this tutorial how to change this screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Warning&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this tutorial we will work with the file "menu.lst". This file has GRUB (and Ubuntu) is needed to start.&lt;br /&gt;So on what you adjust!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any errors can be restored by using the boot CD of Ubuntu, "menu.lst" in your partition to find and then repair. I know from experience that it is not a good feeling when you think your files are lost. To ensure that you can always return to the point, it's a backup to the file "menu.lst". In this case you do not always remember what you've adjusted in case things go wrong.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Customize&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First of course you install Ubuntu, if you do not know how to do this, we refer you to like our Installation instructions for Ubuntu 8.04. If you have Ubuntu installed and you start your computer, then you get a multi-boot screen where you can choose which installation you want to boot. Ubuntu itself, Windows XP (if it is also installed), or do you still prefer to take a memory test?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you only your Linux Ubuntu and Windows XP, then you can change that. For this we start on Ubuntu. Open the Terminal Window ( "Application" -&gt; "Tools" -&gt; "Terminal Window") and type:&lt;br /&gt;Code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; "sudo gedit"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Press enter and enter your password. You will see nothing, no asterisks, so do this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are using the command "sudo". Sudo stands for Super User Do ", and gives you root rights. If you do not have these rights, you can not save file of GRUB.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gedit is a kind of notebook. If it is started, press left on "File". Choose "Boot", "grub" and then "menu.lst". Press "Search" and search on "Ubuntu".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Code:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; "sudo gedit / boot / grub / menu.lst"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you see you can now change the names and a few things that you do not want to come. Would you like to rule, then all the rules away. From "title" to the last point for the line spacing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can also open in the terminal window to direct the following types:&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-7552172953719498452?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/7552172953719498452/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/multi-boot-system-with-ubuntu-grub.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7552172953719498452'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7552172953719498452'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/multi-boot-system-with-ubuntu-grub.html' title='Multi boot system with Ubuntu (GRUB)'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7100536825431426322</id><published>2012-02-05T07:50:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:50:18.239-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to create a Bootable USB Key?</title><content type='html'>Here is how you create your bootable USB Key. Note that this is just one way to do it. I choose this method as it seemed the most straightforward. You are welcome to do your own research into creating other types of USB boot keys.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First, there are a few system requirements that must be clarified:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Obviously, your computer’s BIOS must allow booting from a USB device. Most recently manufactured computers allow this functionality.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    A USB drive that is capable of being made bootable. There are a few that have strange partition structures that do not allow for making bootable partitions. Contact the manufacturer if you’re not sure your USB drive is bootable&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now follow the following Steps:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) Download and install the Windows based HP USB Disk Format Tool.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2) Download the Windows 98 system files. This is a zip file that contains all of the system files that you will need. Create a new folder and extract these files into the folder that you just created.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3) Insert the USB flash drive into the USB port of your computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4) Launch the HP format tool program.&lt;br /&gt;(Under the device drop down list, make sure that the USB memory key is selected.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5) Under the file system drop down list, select FAT32. This is important to do correctly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6) Check the box next to Create a DOS startup disk.&lt;br /&gt;Select "using DOS system files located at:&lt;br /&gt;Then click on the square box with 3 dots on it.&lt;br /&gt;Browse to the folder that you extracted the Win98 system files and then click on the OK button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7) Now click the Start button.&lt;br /&gt;You will receive a warning message. Make sure you have the USB memory key selected. If you are sure, then click the Yes button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8) Your USB memory key is now being formated and the DOS system files will be copied onto it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9) Once the program has completed the operation, click on the Close button.&lt;br /&gt;You now have a bootable USB memory key.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the USB memory key, you will see following files. These are the basic Win98 system files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    If you want to have CDROM support when you boot from your USB memory key, copy these files, including the CDROM folder to the memory key. These files are the ones that you extracted earlier to a folder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    If you copy all of these files to the memory key, you will have mouse support for any DOS program that support this feature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    You will also have many other DOS utilities that are very useful.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Once you have added your files and folders to the thumb drive, restart your system, and if necessary go into the BIOS and promote your USB drive to the first boot device.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    If all has gone well, your USB key will then boot, and you will be presented with an A:\ prompt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 07-07-2009&lt;br /&gt;con.kantzos@gmail.co con.kantzos@gmail.co is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jul 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to create a Bootable USB Key?&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by Quentin View Post&lt;br /&gt;Nice guide. Well done friend its really useful guide.&lt;br /&gt;This looks pretty good. I have been told that this help, will allow the USB key to boot into DOS. I agree. My question is "how do you make a bootable-partition, external hard disk drive, resultant from allowing a laptop to install a Windows OS on the bootable USB key?" Please help. Please send any assistance or hyperlinks&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thank you all in advance.&lt;br /&gt;Last edited by Rudra : 07-07-2009 at 04:37 PM. Reason: Personal Information Removed! Read Forum Rules.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 27-07-2009&lt;br /&gt;mkwatis mkwatis is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jun 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 26&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to create a Bootable USB Key?&lt;br /&gt;@MurTuza;&lt;br /&gt;From there you can run other OS like XP?&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 18-08-2009&lt;br /&gt;Rudra.J Rudra.J is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1,741&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to create a Bootable USB Key?&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by mkwatis View Post&lt;br /&gt;@MurTuza;&lt;br /&gt;From there you can run other OS like XP?&lt;br /&gt;No, the OS will not run from the usb drive, but the files that are responsible for booting the system are moved from the hard disk to the flash drive, so if you do no have this flash drive, it will be impossible to boot into windows. This flash drive will act like a password...&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-7100536825431426322?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/7100536825431426322/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-create-bootable-usb-key.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7100536825431426322'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7100536825431426322'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-create-bootable-usb-key.html' title='How to create a Bootable USB Key?'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-61091193727485447</id><published>2012-02-05T07:49:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:49:01.506-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Kirby's Adventure Wii Walkthrough</title><content type='html'>Delve into the land of dreams-turned-nightmares as Kirby flies with the stars in 3D. 3D Classics: Kirby's Adventure offers you a chance to explore the world of Dream Land in a whole new way. The landscape comes to life as Kirby crosses land, sea, and sky in his quest to restore the Star Rod. After waking from a dreamless sleep, Kirby goes to investigate the Dream Spring only to find that its source of energy has been stolen by King Dedede. Broken and divided across seven worlds, Kirby will need to use his unique ability to steal enemies' powers as he battles and to restore the pieces of the Star Rod. Without it, how can a hero fight another day if he can't get a good night's sleep? Embark on this adventure as the beloved pink character tries to save the citizens of Dream Land from a lifetime of terrible nightmares.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Guide&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kirby Adventure Wii is a fun platform game full of fun and colorful. The game follows the classical foundations of the Kirby franchise, so you can absorb and swallow enemies to get their powers. The game is developed in 8 different worlds in turn divided into several phases. At the end of each world you must defeat a great enemy to complete. At the end of the first 5 worlds (and get a piece of the ship damaged in each) will get to travel to a new area space, there are waiting the last two worlds and travel to another dimension where you have to defeat the final boss of the game. On your tour you will find some fields of energy, needed to make progress, but I unlocked by collecting extra contended. In total there are 120 and if you get all unlocks minigames and challenges of the objects (accessible from inside the ship).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These challenges (7 in total), are small stages where you have to demonstrate mastery of a particular object. According to the score on them you get a gold, silver or bronze. With the gold and get a life with others, a certain number of stars. In addition, this time, Kirby is prepared for play with friends. If you have multiple controls, you can play with friends helping you in your adventure. Everyone can get in and out of the game at any time during the game. Up to 4 players can play at once; each choosing from one of 4 playable characters, except the player 1 will always be Kirby and may leave the game. Player number 1, always mark the movement of screen, if another player is left behind appear directly next to player 1. Any player can stay on top of another (as mounted "piggyback") and move at the mercy of another player.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Game Sequence&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    PRAIRIE LOLLIPOPS : It is the only area where you can enter the beginning of the game. In total there are 13 "Areas of energy" over 4 stages. Until you complete a stage (albeit without pick the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    RUINS BEET : This area will be open to defeat the boss of Area 1 (Wispy Woods). In total there are 16 "Areas of energy" over 4 stages. Until you complete a stage (Even without taking the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    OCEAN OREGANO : This area will be open to defeat the boss of Area 2 (Mr. Enigmante). In total there are 16 "Areas of energy" over 4 stages. Until you complete a stage (Even without taking the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    Frosty CARAMEL : This area will be open to defeat the boss of Area 3 (Gordiglobo). In total there are 19 "Areas of energy" over 5 phases. Until you complete a stage (although is without taking the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    CLOUDS OF CREAM : This area will be open to defeat the boss of Area 4 (Goriath). In total there are 20 "Areas of energy" over 5 phases. Until you complete a stage (albeit without taking the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    MINT MACHINES : This area will be open to defeat the boss of area 5 (Grand). In total there are 21 "Areas of energy" over 5 phases. Until you complete a stage (Even without taking the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    VOLCANO VANILLA : This area will be open to defeat the boss of the area 6 (General Metal). In total there are 15 "Areas of energy" over 3 phases. Until you complete a stage (Even without taking the fields of energy), you can not play to the next.&lt;br /&gt;    PARALLEL DIMENSION : This area will be open to defeat the boss of the area 7 (Landi). You enter directly into Landi defeat and there is no shortcut to it from the map. In no area 8 there are areas of energy. Consists of only one phase (divided into several stages) where you control Kirby as if a spaceship in a shooting game (a la "Nemesis" or "R-Type"). After completion of phase two must defeat different enemies to complete the area (and play).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 2 Weeks Ago&lt;br /&gt;spookshow's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;spookshow spookshow is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 621&lt;br /&gt;Re: Kirby's Adventure Wii&lt;br /&gt;Extra Mode :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The extra mode is basically adventure mode with greater difficulty and some minor differences. You will have almost half the energy to complete the phases and appear more and more difficult enemies at times. However, the route is the same as in the normal game and the areas of energy are at the same place. You'll notice that you are picking the stars have a different design (now empty), but its effect is exactly the same as before (pick to get a life for every 100). The main difference is that the large enemies are more powerful, behind his name is a plus sign (+) telling you that are stronger than before and may have some extra skills that previously lacked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The color will also vary. For example, you can flip the screen, which shall go through the roof and crouch you press up on the remote (up and down exchanged while in that position). It also appears a completely new enemy (HR-D3) at the end area 6 and after defeating General Metal. Look here and defeat him. The Lost Dimension (area 8), the development phase where you control Kirby like a spaceship, is completely different normal adventure (less enemies but harder and more mazes than before). However, after the enemies of (Lor and Maglor) are the same, although color and also other more complicated to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;KIRBY SKILLS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kirby has 23 different skills. To acquire them you must touch an icon to represent it or absorb an enemy who has already acquired. Apart from these there are other skills that you can acquire through the brilliant enemies. With them you can make very powerful attacks for a while limited.&lt;br /&gt;Water: squirt. You can use it in the air and underwater. Shoot up and allows you to run over a fast wave (without damage) besides being able to pass over without burning lava.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Wings: Allows you to fly with great speed, shoot projectiles and can use it in the air but not under water. Allows you to throw enemies without be damaged.&lt;br /&gt;    Pumps: Pumps Spears powerful. You can use it in the air but not under water. Putting down the attack button you can determine the direction in which deliver them.&lt;br /&gt;    Catapum: Causes an explosion that damages all enemies on the screen. It only works once.&lt;br /&gt;    Flash: Spears an electric shock or lightning around you. You can use it in the air but not under water. The lightning spears, through walls and can direct up or down by pressing that direction.&lt;br /&gt;    Knife: You throw knives with a whirling motion, causing them to become the starting point. You can cut rope with him. It operates under the water but in the air. Allows you to throw enemies.&lt;br /&gt;    Hedgehog: You can cover you with skewers, leaving the attack button pressed. Allows you to throw enemies. You can not use it under water, but in the air.&lt;br /&gt;    Sword: Attack with a sword. Allows you to throw enemies. You throw projectiles if your energy is full and you can use both in the air and under water.&lt;br /&gt;    Fire: You throw a flare, you can see better in the dark and you can throw at enemies. However, you can use it in the air or underwater.&lt;br /&gt;    Ice: You throw a blast of cold air. You can freeze enemies and then push the block of ice and throw it against other enemies or blocks distant but you can not use it under water or in the air. Allows you to throw enemies.&lt;br /&gt;    Page: Spears leaves in different directions around you protecting you while you attack. Allows you to throw enemies. You can use it in the air but not under water. You can attack up the enemies that are about you.&lt;br /&gt;    Lance: Attack with a spear. You can throw but is slow and has little scope, however you can attack in any direction and you can use under water and in the air.&lt;br /&gt;    Whip: You take a hit with the whip. You can attack up, grab and throw enemies towards them, but you can not use it under water or launch projectiles.&lt;br /&gt;    Fighter: Strikes directly to nearby enemies. You can use it in the air but not under water. Spears missiles if the enemy is far away but not you can throw at them.&lt;br /&gt;    Hammer: Strikes enemies with a hammer damaging or breaking blocks, also with steel blocks will break it impossible to destroy otherwise. It allows you to throw into the enemy. You can not use it in the air but under water.&lt;br /&gt;    Micro: It causes a loud noise that damages all enemies on the screen. You can use it three times.&lt;br /&gt;    Ninja: You throw shuriken (sharp stars) from further damaging the enemy and can cut strings. Allows you to throw enemies. You can not use under water but in the air.&lt;br /&gt;    Stone: You turn to stone. You can use it in the air but not under the water. If you're on a slippery slope to it automatically. They can not harm you while you are transformed into stone. Not throw any projectile can only attack enemies falling on stone. If you enter the water while in this state will remain so.&lt;br /&gt;    Ray: Attack with a lightning bolt, you can use in the air but not under water. It can shoot or throw missiles against the enemy, however, the beam itself through walls.&lt;br /&gt;    Parasol umbrella :appears on you to protect you from enemies to fall upon you. You can attack with it but not as a missile launch. You can use it under the water to attack, but not in the air (with it if you plan well).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-61091193727485447?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/61091193727485447/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/kirbys-adventure-wii-walkthrough.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/61091193727485447'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/61091193727485447'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/kirbys-adventure-wii-walkthrough.html' title='Kirby&apos;s Adventure Wii Walkthrough'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2784219499972601731</id><published>2012-02-05T07:48:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:48:36.054-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?</title><content type='html'>Repairing a hard drive with chkdsk&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unfortunately, it happens to have any unpleasant surprises in wanting to browse external hard drive, but of course the same could happen to you on an internal hard drive. Some time when trying to access a directory. It is not accessible, it shows you "Access denied":&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since it was accessible without any problems before, we can quickly that it is not due to a permissions issue. It is most certainly due to the fact that the file system (NTFS file system in which formatted my hard drive) has a file table that lists these, and on the other hand there are the data themselves which are written in clusters below . Errors or inaccessible folders files orphans are often due to the fact that the directory is still listed but it is pointing towards the right data for the first case, and that data is always present but that the file is no longer listed for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So how can we fix this? Windows offers a command line utility called "chkdsk" to try to repair this kind of error. Let's try it at first. In the start menu -&gt; "all programs" -&gt; "Accessories", run the command prompt:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this command prompt that opens, you type the command chkdsk / FI: where I: represents the drive letter and change course.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can see lot of errors on the disk and the / F to allow chkdsk to repair them automatically.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can point out to me some recovered orphaned files and directories created me named "found.xxx" to store them:&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;Ninad23's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;Ninad23 Ninad23 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 109&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?&lt;br /&gt;Format a hard disk in Windows&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Warning: this will erase all data on your hard disk!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Open your desktop and locate the drive on your external hard drive.&lt;br /&gt;    Then right-click the drive and choose Format from the menu that opens.&lt;br /&gt;    The format window will then open.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reformat the NTFS file system, however in XP I have that choice available. The quick format option is useful when your hard drive works fine but you want to erase it completely for various reasons, because the formatting is often quite long. click "Start" to begin formatting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will get the warning, click "OK" only if you are sure to lose all your existing data on the disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The formatting will begin and you just have to wait until the end, a message will tell you that it is impossible to format so that a program uses the disk. In the latter case, close all programs that use it and restart the formatting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You finally see that formatting is in progress with the progress bar will appear until a few.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After a while, you should get a message saying that the formatting is complete and if you go see your drive, it must be empty. You should be able to complete it normally unless you have another problem on the hardware or connections.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;Joachim's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;Joachim Joachim is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 130&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?&lt;br /&gt;Remove the many tiny screws that holds the drive together. Eventually, you'll get to the innards of your drive. Be very careful not to bend or force a piece to go where it doesn't want to.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #4  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;fmasti7 fmasti7 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Apr 2009&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 2&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?&lt;br /&gt;how to wrote reciprocal link exchange mail ????&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and want to know what is reciprocal link exchange ??&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #5  &lt;br /&gt;Old 04-05-2009&lt;br /&gt;Swapnil Swapnil is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jun 2005&lt;br /&gt;Location: Mumbai&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 17&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?&lt;br /&gt;Quote:&lt;br /&gt;Originally Posted by fmasti7 View Post&lt;br /&gt;how to wrote reciprocal link exchange mail ????&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and want to know what is reciprocal link exchange ??&lt;br /&gt;The Question you have asked is in the wrong section, and in an inappropriate way,to get your problem solved with the most possible answer please start New question with the New thread in an appropriate section.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here i will provide you an Answer to Question:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;reciprocal link exchange is a link for a link agreement or link exchange between two websites.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #6  &lt;br /&gt;Old 05-04-2010&lt;br /&gt;person1 person1 is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Apr 2010&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 1&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?&lt;br /&gt;Hello&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This use to work for me, and I had 100% all my data, however now its making a tick tick noise and not being found on My Computer. And so I cannot run the commands. Any way of accessing it otherwise?&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2784219499972601731?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2784219499972601731/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-repair-external-hard-drive-in.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2784219499972601731'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2784219499972601731'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-repair-external-hard-drive-in.html' title='How to Repair an external hard drive in Windows ?'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-4046158402892106618</id><published>2012-02-05T07:47:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:47:48.801-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How To Make Your Windows Fast As Never Before</title><content type='html'>DISABLE INDEXING SERVICES&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Indexing Services is a small little program that uses large amounts of RAM and can often make a computer endlessly loud and noisy. This system process indexes and updates lists of all the files that are on your computer. It does this so that when you do a search for something on your computer, it will search faster by scanning the index lists. If you don't search your computer often, or even if you do search often, this system service is completely unnecessary. To disable do the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to Start&lt;br /&gt;2. Click Settings&lt;br /&gt;3. Click Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;4. Double-click Add/Remove Programs&lt;br /&gt;5. Click the Add/Remove Window Components&lt;br /&gt;6. Uncheck the Indexing services&lt;br /&gt;7. Click Next&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OPTIMISE DISPLAY SETTINGS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP can look sexy but displaying all the visual items can waste system resources. To optimise:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.Go to Start&lt;br /&gt;2. Click Settings&lt;br /&gt;3. Click Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;4. Click System&lt;br /&gt;5. Click Advanced tab&lt;br /&gt;6. In the Performance tab click Settings&lt;br /&gt;7. Leave only the following ticked:&lt;br /&gt;- Show shadows under menus&lt;br /&gt;- Show shadows under mouse pointer&lt;br /&gt;- Show translucent selection rectangle&lt;br /&gt;- Use drop shadows for icons labels on the desktop&lt;br /&gt;- Use visual styles on windows and buttons&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DISABLE PERFORMANCE COUNTERS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP has a performance monitor utility which monitors several areas of your PC's performance. These utilities take up system resources so disabling is a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To disable:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. download and install the Extensible Performance Counter List&lt;br /&gt;2.Then select each counter in turn in the 'Extensible performance counters' window and clear the 'performance counters enabled' checkbox at the bottom.button below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SPEEDUP FOLDER BROWSING&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You may have noticed that everytime you open my computer to browse folders that there is a slight delay. This is because Windows XP automatically searches for network files and printers everytime you open Windows Explorer. To fix this and to increase browsing significantly:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Open My Computer&lt;br /&gt;2. Click on Tools menu&lt;br /&gt;3. Click on Folder Options&lt;br /&gt;4. Click on the View tab.&lt;br /&gt;5. Uncheck the Automatically search for network folders and printers check box&lt;br /&gt;6. Click Apply&lt;br /&gt;7. Click Ok&lt;br /&gt;8. Reboot your computer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IMPROVE MEMORY USAGE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cacheman Improves the performance of your computer by optimizing the disk cache, memory and a number of other settings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once Installed:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.Go to Show Wizard and select All&lt;br /&gt;2.Run all the wizards by selecting Next or Finished until you are back to the main menu. Use the defaults unless you know exactly what you are doing.&lt;br /&gt;3.Exit and Save Cacheman&lt;br /&gt;4.Restart Windows&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OPTIMISE YOUR INTERNET CONNECTION&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are lots of ways to do this but by far the easiest is to run TCP/IP Optimizer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Download and install&lt;br /&gt;2. Click the General Settings tab and select your Connection Speed (Kbps)&lt;br /&gt;3. Click Network Adapter and choose the interface you use to connect to the Internet&lt;br /&gt;4. Check Optimal Settings then Apply&lt;br /&gt;5. Reboot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OPTIMISE YOUR PAGEFILE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you give your pagefile a fixed size it saves the operating system from needing to resize the page file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Right click on My Computer and select Properties&lt;br /&gt;2. Select the Advanced tab&lt;br /&gt;3. Under Performance choose the Settings button&lt;br /&gt;4. Select the Advanced tab again and under Virtual Memory select Change&lt;br /&gt;5. Highlight the drive containing your page file and make the initial Size of the file the same as the Maximum Size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP sizes the page file to about 1.5X the amount of actual physical memory by default. While this is good for systems with smaller amounts of memory (under 512MB) it is unlikely that a typical XP desktop system will ever need 1.5 X 512MB or more of virtual memory. If you have less than 512MB of memory, leave the page file at its default size. If you have 512MB or more, change the ratio to 1:1 page file size to physical memory size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RUN BOOTVIS - IMPROVE BOOT TIMES&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BootVis will significantly improve boot times&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Download and Run&lt;br /&gt;2. Select Trace&lt;br /&gt;3. Select Next Boot and Driver Trace&lt;br /&gt;4. A Trace Repetitions screen will appear, select Ok and Reboot&lt;br /&gt;5. Upon reboot, BootVis will automatically start, analyze and log your system's boot process. When it's done, in the menu go to Trace and select Optimize System&lt;br /&gt;6. Reboot.&lt;br /&gt;7. When your machine has rebooted wait until you see the Optimizing System box appear. Be patient and wait for the process to complete&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;REMOVE THE DESKTOP PICTURE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your desktop background consumes a fair amount of memory and can slow the loading time of your system. Removing it will improve performance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Right click on Desktop and select Properties&lt;br /&gt;2. Select the Desktop tab&lt;br /&gt;3. In the Background window select None&lt;br /&gt;4. Click Ok&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;REMOVE FONTS FOR SPEED&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fonts, especially TrueType fonts, use quite a bit of system resources. For optimal performance, trim your fonts down to just those that you need to use on a daily basis and fonts that applications may require.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Open Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;2. Open Fonts folder&lt;br /&gt;3. Move fonts you don't need to a temporary directory (e.g. C:\FONTBKUP?) just in case you need or want to bring a few of them back. The more fonts you uninstall, the more system resources you will gain.&lt;br /&gt;__________________&lt;br /&gt;DFI LANPARTY SLI-DR&lt;br /&gt;AMD 64 x2 4800+&lt;br /&gt;OCZ (2 x 512) DDR600&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-4046158402892106618?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/4046158402892106618/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-make-your-windows-fast-as-never.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4046158402892106618'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/4046158402892106618'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-make-your-windows-fast-as-never.html' title='How To Make Your Windows Fast As Never Before'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7161587980281273885</id><published>2012-02-05T07:47:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:47:05.106-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Dragon Age 2 Troubleshooting Guide</title><content type='html'>Long awaited series of Dragon Age finally released yesterday. Dragon Age 2 is having nice graphic that make game little more realistic. The gameplay of Dragon Age is better then the previous version and lots of new feature and character is added to this version.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the new game, come new problem. This game is also having performance issue like Game Crash, Freeze, Graphic and performance issue. To resolve all the issue related to the Dragon age 2 I have come up with some solution which will help you to fix all issue and give you ability to run game with no more issue. Just check out the solution according to the problem you are getting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dragon Age 2: System Requirement :-&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The very first thing that you are have to take care while you are planning to run the game in your system is to check whether your system satisfy the minimum gaming requirement for Dragon Age 2 or not. If you are having compatible system then there is less chances that you will get any issue with the game. Here I am listing the minimum and maximum system configuration required for Dragon Age 2 just check whether you are eligible for this game or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recommended System Requirement:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    CPU: Intel Core 2 Quad 2.4 GHz Processor or equivalent&lt;br /&gt;    CPU: AMD Phenom II X3 Triple core 2.8 GHz or equivalent&lt;br /&gt;    RAM: 2GB (4 GB Vista and Windows 7)&lt;br /&gt;    Video: ATI 3850 512 MB or greater&lt;br /&gt;    Video: NVIDIA 8800GTS 512 MB or greater&lt;br /&gt;    DirectX 11 Video: ATI 5850 or greater&lt;br /&gt;    DirectX 11 Video: NVIDIA 460 or greater&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Minimum System Requirement:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    OS: Windows XP with SP3, Windows Vista with SP2, or Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;    CPU: Intel Core 2 Duo (or equivalent) running at 1.8 GHz or greater&lt;br /&gt;    CPU: AMD Athlon 64 X2 (or equivalent) running at 1.8 GHz or greater&lt;br /&gt;    RAM: 1 GB (1.5 GB Vista and Windows 7)&lt;br /&gt;    Video: ATI Radeon HD 2600 Pro 256 MB&lt;br /&gt;    Video: NVIDIA GeForce 7900 GS 256 MB cards&lt;br /&gt;    Disc Drive: DVD ROM drive required&lt;br /&gt;    Hard Drive: 7 GB&lt;br /&gt;    Sound: Direct X 9.0c Compatible Sound Card Windows Experience Index: 4.5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Minimum System Requirement for Mac PC/:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    OS: OS X 10.6.6 Snow Leopard or greater&lt;br /&gt;    CPU: 1.86 GHz Intel Core 2 Duo or better&lt;br /&gt;    RAM: 2 GB or greater&lt;br /&gt;    Video: ATI HD2600, NVIDIA 9400, or better graphics card with at least 256 MB of dedicated VRAM&lt;br /&gt;    Disc Drive: DVD ROM drive required&lt;br /&gt;    Hard Drive: 9 GB of hard drive space required&lt;br /&gt;    Video Cards Not Supported: Intel GMA series, Nvidia 7x00 series, AMD 1x00 series, AMD 2400&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 10-03-2011&lt;br /&gt;OptimuS PrimE's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;OptimuS PrimE OptimuS PrimE is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jan 2011&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 104&lt;br /&gt;Re: Dragon Age 2 Troubleshooting Guide&lt;br /&gt;Dragon Age II: Black Screen, Load Error Fix:-&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Solution 1: If you are getting black screen or Game load problem while trying to launch the game then very first thing that I can advise you is to download and install the latest Graphic Driver to the system of yours. Black screen is mostly caused by the graphic driver incompatibility. So download and install latest Graphic Driver from the Manufacturer’s Site and work around with the issue.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Solution 2:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another solution for the problem is to increase the RPM of your fan for GPU. I have seen in many Graphic Card that they are having the automatic detection technology for Fan that detects the temperature and according to the same manages but no one perform well, which result to black screen or low performance. If you wanted to get it working with the issue of yours then increase the Fan RPM to resolve issue.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Solution 3:&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-7161587980281273885?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/7161587980281273885/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/dragon-age-2-troubleshooting-guide.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7161587980281273885'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7161587980281273885'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/dragon-age-2-troubleshooting-guide.html' title='Dragon Age 2 Troubleshooting Guide'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-5673884275205822836</id><published>2012-02-05T07:46:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:46:10.119-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Create a system recovery disk in Windows 7</title><content type='html'>As was the case with Vista when Windows becomes unbootable, you can use system recovery tool, in Windows 7, the installation DVD options for recover the system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 7 also incorporates a very interesting feature: the creation of a repair disk directly from the system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    In Control Panel, click System and Security (System and Security), and then click Backup and Restore (Backup and Restore).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    In the left pane, click Create a system recovery disk (Create a system recovery disc);&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Insert a blank CD in the DVD, and then click Create Disk (Create Disc).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The disc is created is a few seconds:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    To check, reboot the system on the DVD player.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    After loading the files, select the language, and then click Next (Next).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Windows 7 installed the system is found, click Next (Next):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The recovery tools appear:&lt;br /&gt;        Repair boot (Startup Repair)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        System Restore to an earlier date (System Restore)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Restoring a backup image (Image Recovery System)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Memory Diagnostic Tool Windows (Windows Memory Diagnostic)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Command Prompt (Command Prompt)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is hoped that the PC brand that does not provide the installation DVD will not bypass this feature which will repair a failing system.&lt;br /&gt;__________________&lt;br /&gt;Install or Setup and Configure Virtual Windows XP Mode in Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 03-02-2009&lt;br /&gt;rupak rupak is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Aug 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 282&lt;br /&gt;Re: Create a system recovery disk in Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;Hey thats a cool guide on windows 7 system recovery disk.&lt;br /&gt;I think its more important because windows 7 is still in beta stage.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-5673884275205822836?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/5673884275205822836/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/create-system-recovery-disk-in-windows.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5673884275205822836'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/5673884275205822836'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/create-system-recovery-disk-in-windows.html' title='Create a system recovery disk in Windows 7'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6885552854864331269</id><published>2012-02-05T07:45:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:45:33.206-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Understanding SQL Injection Attacks</title><content type='html'>Many of us are not familiar with SQL Injection. Those who are network admins or who had already given a long time in IT surely knows something on this. But what about those who are not aware about this term. Many of us today are engaged in online business where we market or provide our service with the help of a website. Your virtual company or shop over the internet which deals with physical product and money. Already companies producing Antivirus software and security tools are engaged in providing the best protection on web. So in year 2012 where he have a long list of Antivirus Software, Services, Tools, etc should lie and let the software worry how to deal with attacks as you are paying for it. Not really. In my concern people should be aware what is going around the web. IT being a part of our life today is found everywhere. In the coming future it is more advanced and vast. Some vulnerability which appeared or might appear is going to put the vast population under risk. Awareness is one thing which can keep you protected. I am not emphasizing that this is the only one risk you should worry about, or don't sleep, No. Precaution is better than cure. Knowledge is never wasted. Lots of proverb no that you can find on Google. Here I tried to accumulate the best information from wherever I can. It can be Wikipedia or any other sources and I swear nothing is tested. So it is entirely on your mindset how you understand this article and respond. Basically what I am trying to do is to create a single place article with simple references that can help me and other to keep a track of this attack.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s come back on the topic. What is SQL Injection ?. In simple word. SQL Injection is a process by which someone can enter your website with some codes without needing any kind of login access and modify your website content. Now this is serious. You might have heard about many news that some sites are hacked and attackers has added adult content on the pages spoiling the entire websites credibility. People who called them hackers, attackers, fancy names, etc are intended to do such thing. It is not valid to define intentions here. SQL Injection deals with a process of adding a SQL statement inside a web from. Those websites which are not properly designed or maintained are the first to get affected. Under this the attacker can access your website Database which is stored in SQL. Once he/she is in they can control your site and till the time you wake things are ruined. Today many CMS are designed by keeping all this thing in mind. Well managed CMS offers you regular updates and security patches to avoid risk. Vulnerabilities are detected and avoided before they reach people.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SQL Injection is not a attack. It is a technique. The attacker is well versed in SQL and he/she is aware about those techniques. So under this you might be wondering to learn SQL from A to Z. Not required. If everyone will learn it, then how development or security companies will earn money. My motive is to define the vulnerabilities that you can avoid on your own. Once you know how such kind of attacks works, what is sql and all you stay safer. We just jump on our seat, put the credit card number and buy the site. All we know the traditional cpanel with number of icons. But when the business takes a major turn where you are on success road, such things can be the reason for your worry. The hosting companies also provide us better security on better money. That does not means that the more you spend the more secure you are. In SQL attack the attacker mostly looks for database. He/She tries to find mostly the credit cards or password or any important data that has value over internet. They use it or exploit it for money process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This attack give direct access to SQL Database. With the help of a well designed website and query language interpreters it is possible to prevent such kind of attacks. This might seems complicated. If you want to understand the risk of this attack then it is stated in Wikipedia that "In the wild, it has been noted that applications experience, on average, 71 attempts an hour". This is just a wild guess. In SQL Injection the attackers try to convince the application by running a pre-defined SQL query to give expected results.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 1 Week Ago&lt;br /&gt;spookshow's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;spookshow spookshow is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 621&lt;br /&gt;Re: Understanding SQL Injection Attacks&lt;br /&gt;How it Works ?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As mentioned already SQL injection is a kind of attack where attacker inserts a malicious code to access the SQL server. It begins by adding a code in the user input variables. Like by default many websites uses Login access. This login access provides two boxes User Name and Password. This are the gateway to attack. The code is directly executed from this. If you go and read some articles on web you might get confused or curse yourself for your weak SQL GK. Here I can explain in simple way how it works. How the codes are executed and how the innocent SQL replies without knowing that it is going to provide crucial database information to a stranger. Before that you must know that for any website the most important part is DATABASE. Database is like a container where the website keeps all content of your website. Like user logins, articles, videos, etc. Many elements are placed inside this single box which is protected by username and password. SQL is widely used and it is a very versatile language.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s begin. Let’s take this for example. You went on a game site and want to play game. You can see categories. You click on Pool and see a list of Pool games. This is a dynamic list generated on the base of website cms and database application. You clicked on the best game you liked and started playing. When you choose a game, the content came from the database which is on the backend or the server. Here the SQL works plain and straight responding to a users query. The game thing is just an example. Another example I can give you is of a shopping website. You type something in the search box like: Perfumes and you can see a list of Products under Category Perfume. This is again a dynamic list of products. Here the when you search the website designed or you can say the language or code, etc interprets the query and the database responds which can be seen in the from of result. Codes which are running behind cannot be seen with regular human eyes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Coming to the point. In the search box the attacker will add some pre-defined special codes. The codes will be simple text with characters which will tell the website that the something is searched. The query is forwarded to the database and the database respond on it. There is nothing wrong done here. No virus is installed, not tools are used to attack the server, no special powers Ares used. Only the SQL code like. This can be explained for better with a example. You have site which sells books. So when a user tries to look for a book a similar type of code which runs is SELECT BookName, BookDescription FROM BooksCategory WHERE BookNumber = BookNumber. Under the user gets info on the Book. Remember the user will not copy paste the above code. He will just click or type the name of Book.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But the attacker users a bit different type of code. He inserts the code inside the query boxes or you can say search box or login boxes to gain database info. So he will put sql_query= "SELECT BookName, BooksCategory FROM Books WHERE BookNumber = " &amp; Request.QueryString("BookID"). Can you see the difference. In this code the attacker has planted a code and asked the database to give result on BookID. In turn he will get the list of all books on the site. Because all books are listed with IDs and he/she has called the entire table for result. This is just a sample. There are many other codes which are used in the directly website URL to retrieve information. A attacker can not only get the information, but can find all usernames / passwords / emails / contacts, etc. The list of attacks which comes under SQL injection is much higher.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6885552854864331269?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6885552854864331269/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/understanding-sql-injection-attacks.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6885552854864331269'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6885552854864331269'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/understanding-sql-injection-attacks.html' title='Understanding SQL Injection Attacks'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6482610943004677073</id><published>2012-02-05T07:45:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:45:13.484-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to choose best Database Management Software</title><content type='html'>It is necessary to figure which is the right tool you must use for easy management of your Database. Due to extensive technology and wide availability of tons of software it creates a lot confusion on the choice. Which one is best, which can give easy interface, which can provide me easy backup &amp; recovery, which will offer me better compatibility, which is better for web or office work, etc. There are ample of question here if we keep on adding in the list. Under this small guide I tried to define and provide information on some of the widely used Database tools. This tools just not only help you to manage the database, but you can even manage the relation between various tables. I am not going to enter much in programming, but a basic overview which is even easy for a laymen to handle out with some technical knowledge. Database is important part of our work and this is the base where everything lies. A website is just a plain page which is manage and controlled by the database on the backside. In one word it is your actual product or raw material which you use to display. Other than this Database are used on various ways. For internal management, for customer service, etc. A database is a kind of collection of organized data which are stored in a digital from. It is simple to example with a example of Microsoft Excel. You have columns and rows which are counted as a table in database. Today due to wide usage of technology and easy implementation you can get ample of services which can handle your database issue. But if you are not a big office or a mid size business then investing on the same is a matter of doubt. There are various DBSM in which the most popular is MySQL. Other than this you might have heard about Oracle, PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQLite, etc. For DBMS what quality you must look is easy interface with durability. You must have power to control the database and it must provide you better performance + security. Security which is another important concern for database.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to monitor the data and users the need of a DBMs is needed the most. There are some things which must be taken to point while choosing a DBMS. They are first allowing access to data in a simple way. Allowing access to information to multiple users at a time and on the same time manipulating the data in the database. A database is a collection of information organized in a way that a computer program can quickly select fragments of data you need. A database is an electronic file system. Traditional databases are organized by fields, records and files. A field is a single piece of information, a record is a complete set of fields, and a file is a collection of records. For example, a telephone book is analogous to a file. Contains a list of records, each of which consists of three fields: name, address and telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Guide to Choose Best Database Management Software :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is really important to consider some points before going for a DATABASE tool. There is several reason for that. If you are aware about your needs then it becomes easier to choose the right tool and use it forever. There are not issues of upgrades and security. Mostly people recommend to MySQL for web servers and it is better also. Other than this I am also listing some qualities which a database tool must have.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Multiple options with easy to use Interface : It is recommended that whichever tool you are going for has a easy to use interface if you are not so good in SQL. Options like web interface, desktop interface, server setup, etc. Some paid services which offers you easy interface to manage the databases. The advantage you get is tech support which helps you to get easy fix in case of any crash.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Database Platform : Now this is another point where there nothing much to think. I will not going to give details about other database platform. Widely used one is the fittest one. So right now SQL is the one which can be a very strong base for database platforms. It is extensive easy to use and there are many supports available for this. It is widely compatible with many software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Desktop Database : This is a form of Database where you manage everything on your pc and it is control inside a private network which is accessed by authorized people only. They are users or others. This type of database needs setup and software license. They can be added to your cost if you keep going for a bigger setup. This is simply opted by mid size and big size businesses that uses it for their internal and external work. Tools like Microsoft Access are one of the most common example of this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Web Database : Web based database can be called as your website database. They work on www and needs more security. It is necessary to buy a reliable package which can help you to cope with day to day vulnerabilities. Usually the hosting provider’s offers you web based plans which consist of various options. This package also includes the database. Right now I had seen many are widely using MySQL through phpmyadmin. But there are other hosters which can give you more better and enhanced service based on the plan you buy. It is also important to check the performance you are going to get on the same.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 4 Days Ago&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to choose best Database Management Software&lt;br /&gt;I am listing here some of the best DATABASE tools. You can choose the same as per your need :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Toad for MySQL (Paid)&lt;br /&gt;    SQLyog (Paid)&lt;br /&gt;    Sequel Pro (for MAC OS X) (open-source)&lt;br /&gt;    phpMyAdmin (open-source)&lt;br /&gt;    Navicat for MySQL (Paid)&lt;br /&gt;    MySQL Workbench (Paid/Free)&lt;br /&gt;    MySQL Administrator&lt;br /&gt;    Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio (Paid)&lt;br /&gt;    HeidiSQL (Free)&lt;br /&gt;    DB Designer Fork (Beta)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Toad for MySQL&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Toad for MySQL is a development tool that is designed to increase developer productivity and directors of MySQL on Windows. Toad for MySQL was developed to allow developers to create MySQL and execute queries, automate the management of database objects and develop SQL code. Toad for MySQL comes with utilities used to compare, extract and compare objects. It also allows you to manage projects, import / export data and administer the database.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Features:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Version Control Integration — lets you check in and check out code from within the editor to reduce the risk of errors.&lt;br /&gt;    Macro Record and Playback — Records and plays back keyboard commands.&lt;br /&gt;    Database Browser — Reorganizes and manages objects and object types.&lt;br /&gt;    Code Snippet Editor — lets you create and alter code snippets for expand-and-collapse code blocks, speeding navigation.&lt;br /&gt;    Security Manager — Permits or restricts user access to specific Toad features for better system control.&lt;br /&gt;    SQL Editor — helps you create, execute, modify, and save queries; view and edit data; and process DDL commands — all from an easy-to-use interface.&lt;br /&gt;    Fast, Multi-Tabbed Schema Browser — Displays and manages database objects graphically.&lt;br /&gt;    DB Extract, Compare-and-Search Utility — lets you compare two MySQL databases, view the differences, and create the script to update the target.&lt;br /&gt;    Import/Export Utility — Facilitates data transfer across MySQL databases.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SQLyog&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6482610943004677073?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6482610943004677073/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-choose-best-database-management.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6482610943004677073'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6482610943004677073'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-choose-best-database-management.html' title='How to choose best Database Management Software'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-6124707310694299423</id><published>2012-02-05T07:44:00.004-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:44:53.158-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Internet Access over GPRS</title><content type='html'>Introduction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I will explain how the General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) technology is used for providing mobile/wireless access to the Internet. We explain the fundamental GPRS concepts, protocols, and procedures and demonstrate the main functionality provided by the GPRS network. The key procedures examined are the registration procedure, the routing/tunneling procedure, and the mobility management procedure, all of which enable mobile/wireless IP sessions.&lt;br /&gt;GPRS is a bearer service of the Global System for Mobile (GSM) communications, which offers packet data capabilities. The key characteristic of the data service provided by GPRS is that it operates in endto- end packet mode. This means that no communication resources are exclusively reserved for supporting the communication needs of every individual mobile user. On the contrary, the communication resources are utilized on a demand basis and are statistically multiplexed between several mobile users. This characteristic renders GPRS ideal for applications with irregular traffic properties (such as Web browsing), because, with this type of traffic, the benefits of statistical multiplexing are exploited; that is, we obtain high utilization efficiency of the communication resources. A direct effect of this property is the drastically increased capacity of the system in the sense that we can support a large number of mobile users with only a limited amount of communication resources. The increased capacity offered by GPRS, combined with the end-to-end packet transfer capabilities, constitute the main factors that drive the use of GPRS in providing wide-area wireless Internet access.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GPRS Overview&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In general, a GPRS network can be viewed as a special IP network, which offers IP connectivity to IP terminals on the go. To provide such a mobile connectivity service, the GPRS network must feature additional functionality compared with standard IP networks. However, from a high-level point of view, the GPRS network resembles a typical IP network in the sense that it provides typical IP routing and interfaces to the external world through one or more IP routers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By using shared radio resources, mobile users gain access to remote Packet Data Networks (PDNs) through a remote access router, which in GPRS terminology is termed Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN). You can think of access to a remote PDN as being similar to a typical dial-up connection. Indeed, as discussed in Section 3.3, a user establishes a virtual connection to the remote PDN. However, with GPRS a user may “dial up” to many remote PDNs simultaneously and can be charged by the volume of the transferred data, not by the duration of a connection. GPRS can offer both transparent and nontransparent access to a PDN. With transparent access, the user is not authenticated by the remote PDN, and he or she is assigned an IP address (private or public) from the address space of the GPRS network. On the other hand, with nontransparent access the user’s credentials are sent to the remote PDN and the user is permitted to access this PDN only if he or she is successfully authenticated. In this case, the user is typically assigned an IP address (private or public) from the address space of the PDN he or she is accessing. Note that, irrespective of the type of access to a PDN, a user is always authenticated by the GPRS network before being permitted access to GPRS services (this is further discussed in Section 3.2.3). The nontransparent access is particularly useful for accessing secure intranets (e.g., corporate networks) or Internet Service Providers (ISPs), whereas the transparent access is most appropriate for users who do not maintain subscriptions to third-party ISPs or intranets. As illustrated in Figure 3.1, the GPRS network forms an individual subnet, which (from an address-allocation point of view) contains all users who use transparent access to remote PDNs. External PDNs perceive this subnet as being a typical IP network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GPRS Bearers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GPRS network effectively provides a GPRS bearer — that is, it provides a communication channel with specific attributes between the MS (the terminal) and the GGSN (the router). Over the GPRS bearer, the MS may send IP packets to the GGSN, and it may receive IP packets from the GGSN. As explained below, the GPRS bearer is dynamically set up at the beginning of an IP session (when the user “dials” to a specific PDN), and it can be tailored to match the specific requirements of an application. In other words, it can be set up with specific Quality of Service (QoS) attributes, such as delay, throughput, precedence, and reliability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The PCU communicates with the Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) over a frame relay interface (Gb). The SGSN provides mobility management functionality, session management, packet scheduling on the downlink, and packet routing/tunneling. The interface between the SGSN and the GGSN (Gn) is entirely based on IP, typically on IPv4. The GGSN provides mainly routing and optionally screening functionality and can be considered to be a remote access router interfacing with the external PDNs. The fact that we have two IP layers within the GGSN implies that some sort of IP-to-IP tunneling is applied across the Gn interface.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Old 05-08-2004&lt;br /&gt;CyberGuru's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;CyberGuru CyberGuru is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Jul 2004&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 61&lt;br /&gt;idea GPRS Protocols&lt;br /&gt;GPRS Protocols&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol (SNDCP) runs between the MS and the SGSN, and it is specified in reference 17. It is the first layer that receives the user IP datagrams for transmission. SNDCP basically provides (1) acknowledged and unacknowledged transport services, (2) compression of TCP/IP headers (conformant to RFC 1144; see reference 15), (3) compression of user data (conformant to either V.42bis [reference 16] or V.44), (4) datagram segmentation/reassembly, and (5) PDP context multiplexing (see Section 3.4). The segmentation/ reassembly function ensures that the length of data units sent to LLC layer does not exceed a maximum prenegotiated value. For example, when this maximum value is 500 octets, then IP datagrams of 1500 octets will be segmented into three SNDCP data units. Each one will be transmitted separately and reassembled by the receiving SNDCP layer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PDP context essentially represents a virtual connection between an MS and an external PDN. The PDP context multiplexing is a function that (1) routes each data unit received on a particular PDP context to the appropriate upper layer and (2) routes each data unit arriving from an upper layer to the appropriate PDP context. For example, let us assume a situation where the MS has set up two PDP contexts, both with type IP but with different IP addresses. One PDP context could be linked to a remote ISP, and the other could be linked to a remote corporate network. In this case, there are two different logical interfaces at the bottom of the IP layer, one for each PDP context. The SNDCP layer is the entity that multiplexes data to and from those two logical interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Logical Link Control (LLC) protocol runs also between the MS and the SGSN, and it is specified in reference 12. LLC basically provides data-link services, as specified in the Open System Interconnection (OSI) seven-layer model.18 In particular, LLC provides one or more separate logical links (LLs) between the MS and the SGSN, which can be broken down into user-LLs (used to carry user data) and control- LLs (used to carry signaling). There can be up to four simultaneous user-LLs, whereas there are basically three control-LLs: one for exchanging GPRS mobility management and session management signaling,another to support the Short Message Service (SMS),19 and a third to support Location Services (LCS).20 A user-LL is established dynamically, via the PDP context activation procedure (see Section 3.3), and its properties are negotiated between the MS and the SGSN during the establishment phase. Negotiated properties typically include (1) the data transfer mode (acknowledged versus unacknowledged), (2) the maximum length of transmission units, (3) timer values, (4) flow control parameters, and so forth. A part of these properties defines the QoS that will be provided by the user-LL. On the other hand, the control-LLs have predefined properties, and they are automatically set up right after the MS registers to the GPRS network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Control-LLs operate only in unacknowledged mode, which basically provides an unreliable transport service. On the other hand, user-LLs operate either in unacknowledged mode or in acknowledged mode, depending on the reliability requirements. The latter mode provides reliable data transport by (1) detecting and retransmitting erroneous data units, (2) maintaining the sequential order of data units, and (3) providing flow control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Radio Link Control (RLC) and Medium Access Control (MAC) protocols run between the MS and the PCU, and they are specified in reference 13. The RLC makes available the procedures for unacknowledged or acknowledged operation over the radio interface. It also provides segmentation and reassembly of LLC data units into fixed-size RLC/MAC blocks. In RLC acknowledged mode of operation, the RLC also provides error-correction procedures that enable the selective retransmission of unsuccessfully delivered RLC/MAC blocks. Additionally, in this mode of operation, the RLC layer preserves the order of higher-layer data units supplied to it. Note that whereas LLC provides transport services between the MS and the SGSN, the RLC offers similar transport services between the MS and the PCU.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The MAC layer implements the procedures that enable multiple MSs to share a common radio resource, which may consist of several physical channels. In particular, in the uplink direction (MS to network), the MAC layer provides the procedures, including contention resolution, for the arbitration among multiple MSs that simultaneously attempt to access the shared transmission medium. In the downlink direction (network to MS), the MAC layer supplies the procedures for queuing and scheduling of access attempts. More details are provided below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The MAC function in the network maintains a list of active MSs, which are mobile stations with pending uplink transmissions (they have uplink data to transmit). These MSs have previously requested permission to content for uplink resources, and the network has responded positively to their request. Each active MS is associated with a set of committed QoS attributes, such as delay or throughput. These QoS attributes were negotiated when the MS requested uplink resources. The main function of the MAC layer in the network is to implement a scheduling function (in the uplink direction), which successively assigns the common uplink resource to active MSs in a way that guarantees that each MS receives its committed QoS. A similar scheduling function is also implemented in the downlink direction. From the previous discussion, it is obvious that every GPRS cell features a central authority (the PCU), which (1) arbitrates the access to common uplink resources by providing an uplink scheduling function, and (2) administers the transmission on the downlink resources by providing a downlink scheduling function. These scheduling functions are part of the functions required to guarantee the provisioning of QoS on the radio interface and are implementation dependent.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Base Station Subsystem GPRS Protocol (BSSGP) runs across the Gb interface; it is specified in reference 21. BSSGP basically provides (1) unreliable transport of LLC data units between the PCU and the SGSN, and (2) flow control in the downlink direction. The flow control attempts to prevent the flooding of buffers in the PCU and to conform the transmission rate on Gb (from SGSN to PCU) to the transmission rate on the radio interface (from PCU to MS). Flow control in the uplink direction is not provided because it is assumed that uplink resources on the Gb interface are suitably dimensioned and are significantly greater than the corresponding uplink resources on the radio interface. BSSGP provides unreliable transport because the reliability of the underlying frame relay network is considered sufficient enough to meet the required reliability level on the Gb. BSSGP also provides addressing services, which are used to identify a given MS in uplink and downlink directions, and a particular cell. In the downlink direction, each BSSGP data unit typically carries an LLC data unit, the identity of the target MS, a set of radio-related parameters (identifying the radio capabilities of the target MS), and a set of QoS attributes needed by the MAC downlink scheduling function. The identity of the target cell is specified by means of a BSSGP Virtual Channel Identifier (BVCI), which eventually maps to a frame relay virtual channel. In the uplink direction, each BSSGP data unit typically carries an LLC data unit, the identity of the source MS, the identity of the source cell, and a corresponding set of QoS attributes. The mobility management function in the SGSN uses the source cell identity to identify the cell where the source MS is located.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) runs between the SGSN and the GGSN. In general, however, GTP also runs between two SGSNs. GTP provides an unreliable data transport function (it usually runs on top of UDP) and a set of signaling functions primarily used for tunnel management and mobility management. The transport service of GTP is used to carry user-originated IP datagrams (or any other supported packet unit) into GTP tunnels. GTP tunnels are needed between the SGSN and the GGSN for routing purposes. (This is further explained in Section 3.4.) They are also necessary for correlating user-originated IP datagrams to PDP contexts. By means of this correlation, a GGSN decides how to treat an IP datagram received from an SGSN (e.g., to which external PDN to forward this datagram), and an SGSN decides how to treat an IP datagram received from a GGSN (what QoS mechanisms to apply to this datagram, to which cell to forward this datagram, and so forth). Now that we have discussed the fundamental concepts and protocols of GPRS, let us investigate the typical procedures carried out to enable wireless IP sessions over GPRS. In particular, we describe the registration procedure, the routing/tunneling procedures, and the mobility management procedures.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-6124707310694299423?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/6124707310694299423/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/internet-access-over-gprs.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6124707310694299423'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/6124707310694299423'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/internet-access-over-gprs.html' title='Internet Access over GPRS'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1962971320666233955</id><published>2012-02-05T07:44:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:44:31.056-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to implement Network Security Policy</title><content type='html'>Network Security Policy is a concept which defines controlling, managing and controlling your network. A network can be group of some computers or server or even bigger than that. It can be inside your office premises or on the web. For every thing it is today considered to keep a watch. Protection is important part which we ignore mostly or just reply on 3rd party devices. Basically we are satisfied with ready to use services that are received with the existing software or hardware. But do we really know how all those stuff work. No not at all. Today computers are not just a part of desktop system of lan, but it is can be a door to data centers. Taking the advantage of vulnerabilities attackers penetrate and cause losses. In such cases you must understand and deploy a strict network policy for your network. Network Policy is a kind of outline of your network access which shows how the architecture of your network works. How the security environment works and how it can protect you and your network. It is a written document which is safeguarded and used over time to time and upgraded.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can also adopt any ready to use security policy if you do not want to invest your time and money in creating your own. But for Enterprises they prefer to begin from scratch. Security policy helps you to keep your users protected and also keep the unethical guys away. The first step to begin working this is to understand and learn how to make a security policy, what can be damages if you do not deploy and how much protection is provided under this. To write a security document needs a better skill to understand the network architecture. As the technology keeps on changing and it become more advance, the threats are also increasing. We just cannot stay unaware about this. Because a simple mistake can create big losses. Computer security threats are not uncommon.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They are too increasing day by day. There are many threats in the from of virus, worms, which are not hidden and they are free on web. They can enter your system in the form of attachment or updates without your knowledge. Recently many systems were infected with malware due to Activex updates. This was later on fixed. This is web based threats. Let’s talk about inner threats. Usage of removable media, infected systems, pirated software, etc is the most common issue. Every enterprise needs to connect to web and expand its business opportunities in a cleaner way. A security framework defines certain rules which are also called as policies. Everyone has to follow the same and many risk are avoided under this. Right now you might be on a network which is accessed worldwide. Are you enough sure that this is too safe to us. There are different kinds of vulnerabilities which cannot be detected easily. There are many malicious tools used by people and unsecured systems are easy target.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many of us are thinking that does there is a need for security policy if my system is secured behind a power hardware and a team to manage. In my views yes. A network security policy defines the usage of network in a enterprise and how to respond on attacks. It is a kind of foundation for your IT section which is also an asset. You cannot just rely on the network admin to take care of stuff. Once the polices are defined everyone tends to work under those only. Before establishing a network policy it is recommended that you study the risk involved. To protect against hackers you must know the possibilities of attacks and appropriate solutions to defend them. There are many things which are counted under security policies. Some of them are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Finding the material to be protected. They are hardware, software, data, people, etc.&lt;br /&gt;    Finding the possible attacks from hackers. This can be done through various programs like virus, Trojan, worm, etc.&lt;br /&gt;    Finding causes of corrupt data which can occur on the lan over network.&lt;br /&gt;    Finding the location of infected system and method how to deal with the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 3 Days Ago&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to implement Network Security Policy&lt;br /&gt;Measure to be implementing in the Policy&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now this are some of the measure which I am listing here. This measure consist of all those methods that you can insert in your Security Policies. You can add or remove as per your need. It is important to read and consider them all as all of them are related to more security. The more measure you add the more extensive your policies are the more secure you stay. It is best for enterprises and mid sized business that needs to implement this. There is also no need to buy specialized service for the process. With some research and reading you can be ready to make your Network Security Policy. Remember that the points should cover your entire network. Not just a part. It is important. You cannot just make one part secure and leave others as they are not important. Many intrusions or attack enter your system because of unauthorized users. Or sometime even authorized users.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Security Measure for Network Security Policy&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;User authentication: This is the first level of security to be taken into account when you are working on LAN. This is the local network of your office. Any users who wants to access the local resources and networks must be identified with a username and a password. No one should be allowed to use anonymous logins. Every user should be defined and divided on the base of number of groups. Password must be strong enough which cannot be guessed easily. Password expiry date is necessary so that password keeps on modified and same is not used. This is helpful in case of leaks. Data encryption and network monitoring is another important step to carry out. Set the timeout settings, so that if a system is idle for sometime the connection should be terminated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Permissions: To make your security policy more effective, there must be proper access rights divided on the base of different users and their groups. The standard installation of operating systems is not secure in itself. To make it secure it requires doing some manipulation. There are some key points that you must understand to make it secure. Atleast you can try to achieve a minimum level of security. First user’s rights should be bifurcated on the base of permission. It is necessary to encrypt the files and data which are most vulnerable to attacks. Important files like system files, registry, etc should be blocked and no one except the administrator should have the rights. Users must be prohibited for making any changes to system with installation or modifying data. Block the users to use dos commands or registry files. Block the users to execute .exe files. Block the user to make changes to configuration settings from control panel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Access Rights: Under this you must define rights on the base of user groups. Like the users who will just logon and use system should only be allowed to do that. No extra privileges should be allotted to them. On the same domain controllers or printer controllers should have the prescribed rights on the base of their work. Access permissions (read, write, listing, execution, etc..) Files and programs must be thoroughly investigated and installed. It should in checked that no one must get the right to install programs, system files backup, account creation, opening sessions on the terminal server, unauthorized users.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Port Configuration : There are many ports in a system which are set open and user never care to block them. This ports on system are used by software and hardware to communicate. Same ports sometime are used by virus, Trojans, or attackers to access the system. The attacker can plant a vulnerability in your system which can create a which can listen port and set the open one for attack.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Security Software : It is also important to invest on a proper security software which can provide you a complete security over the network. Establishing important audio policies helps you stay more secure and a regular backup allows you to keep your system data safe and easy restoration. Firewall is another important concept to understand. Because you might need some services which must work on the background and for that you will have to tell the Firewall to unblock it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The objectives of the network security policy are to establish policies to protect networks and computer systems misuse. Mechanisms of Network Security Policy will assist in identifying and preventing abuse of computer systems and networks. The Network Security Policy provides a mechanism for responding to complaints and questions on real networks and computer systems. The Network Security Policy with mechanisms that protect and meet legal responsibilities to their networks and computer systems connectivity to the global Internet. Mechanisms of Network Security Policies support the objectives of existing policies. Responsibility for security of computing resources rests with the system administrators who manage those resources.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Computing and Networking Services reports the results of scans that identify security vulnerabilities only to contact departmental system administrator responsible for those systems, the Computer and Networking Services relative vulnerability scans are repeated on multiple the departmental, if identified security vulnerabilities, commitments or schedule of compliance failures judged to be a significant risk to others and have been reported to the relevant system administrators are not addressed in a timely manner, computers and connectivity to the Network Services can take action to inhibit the network access to systems and / or devices until the problems have been rectified.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1962971320666233955?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1962971320666233955/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-implement-network-security.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1962971320666233955'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1962971320666233955'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-implement-network-security.html' title='How to implement Network Security Policy'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-1347502670745270676</id><published>2012-02-05T07:44:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:44:07.225-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Create Windows XP Live Bootable Flash Drive</title><content type='html'>Have you ever thought of creating a Live flash drive? Yeah its possible for almost every Linux based Operating system! Whats new in that..!? Well here we'll talk about creating a Live Flash Drive for Windows XP operating System.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will need :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool - A freeware and can be easy found.&lt;br /&gt;    BartPE - Bart's Preinstalled Environment Bootable - Download here&lt;br /&gt;    Windows XP CD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to do it? Here we go :&lt;br /&gt;Install HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool&lt;br /&gt;Format your flash drive with HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool&lt;br /&gt;Install BartPE&lt;br /&gt;Copy the contents of your Windows XP CD to your hard drive&lt;br /&gt;Run BartPE and select the path where you just dumped the contents of Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select the Output Directory where the compiled files must be stored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you want to save the ISO of the compiled bootable select the directory to save the image too. Or you can burn the image to CD to make a live Windows XP CD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now click on Build. It will then start compiling the Live version of Windows XP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the compilation is finished open command prompt and navigate to "C:\pebuilder3110a\plugin\peinst"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now Run "peinst.cmd"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now press 1 and press Enter. Now Enter the path where the compilation is saved : "C:\pebuilder3110a\BartPE"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now Press 2 and press Enter. Now type the drive letter of your Flash drive : Example : "G:\"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now press 5 and press enter again press 1 and press Enter. BartPE will now copy the contents to the Flash drive and prepare the flash drive for Bootable and Live Windows XP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The capacity of the flash drive is actually a limiting factor however. Surprisingly, however, there are size limits on both the top and bottom. The flash unit cannot be too large or too small. There really is no minimum size to document a flash drive. You just necessitate somewhat large enough keeping Windows XP and some applications. As you almost certainly are acquainted with, Windows XP normally consumes over a gigabyte of disk space. Later I'll show you how to use a free program to trim the excess fat from Windows XP and is much smaller. Still, I recommend that your flash drive at least a minimum of 2GB in size.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-1347502670745270676?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/1347502670745270676/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/create-windows-xp-live-bootable-flash.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1347502670745270676'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/1347502670745270676'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/create-windows-xp-live-bootable-flash.html' title='Create Windows XP Live Bootable Flash Drive'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-2800585306051428139</id><published>2012-02-05T07:43:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:43:13.921-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to get a Personal Cloud Server</title><content type='html'>Cloud computing is a new concept which lies between us from long time, but now come into interest. Cloud computing is a process of having your own personal webspace in which you can run an operating system. This operating system can be any depending on the server or hardware you are using. With the help of new edge technologies and latest hardware support it is now become possible to create a faster, better and reliable virtual location for your business. Because of this it has now become easier for business and home users to deal with their existing content and share the same around the world. To explain the same in a more simple way. A cloud is just a much bigger example of WAN. In this you share your files with other and depend on the server technology. But because of new development it has now more flexible to have your own Cloud server and you can share it with others. There are many open source applications available which support both Desktop based and Browser based Cloud applications. You can keep your files, documents, media, etc on the server and play the same from browser itself. You do not need any third party app for that. For example, Google Docs. In Google Docs you can have your Office files. You can view them and modify it and on the same hand share it with others. The solution to this may be to create a "cloud" itself in the comfort of your home, with the ability to access all your files from any computer connected to the home network. It sounds advantageous and it is. It also sounds complicated, but not so well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is the need of Cloud Computing. This is a question which is needed to be answered first. Today due to expansion of Internet we are becoming more addicted to it. We want ourselves to be smarter and faster. Commercial process is enhanced everyday because of new technology support. Today cloud computing is costly but in coming future it can much more cheaper. On the same you can have your own Cloud server at your home. Cloud computing offers you access to software, data, and resources stored. You can give access to users and they can view your content. It does not matter where they are or what device they are using. They just need to have a computer or any device/gadget which can help them to access internet and view files. Cloud Computing offers a virtual infrastructure of working. A web browser is one of the lightest applications on desktop. Inside that web browser you can view your files modify them and there is no need to install or look for any third party tool. This saves your time a lot. The data is accessed and stored on the remote location. Much better bandwidth and hardware provides smoother service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cloud computing is a much broader concept which is not easy to define under some samples. Cloud computing just provide a web based sharing devices where data can be stored and accessed. This helps the business environment to grow much faster. Many companies have hires ready to use services which can host your website. This space is often more than enough for the page and could be exploited to install some software that can work in the cloud and interesting for the company move to the cloud, how about CRM. Of course we can not install any software but we must choose solutions based on Apache, MySQL and PHP designed to operate directly in the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 3 Days Ago&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to get a Personal Cloud Server&lt;br /&gt;Important Points for Cloud Server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The simplest alternative is to put a fixed computer hard disk and share the same network. Today's operating systems supports sharing your file over net and over a small network. So you just need to think about choosing the right operating system for the process. Basically Linux is recommended for the process. But Windows and Mac are not to behind under this, there are many apps for them also.&lt;br /&gt;    There are many of us who are aware about webspace. So first you must have ample of space if you are going to host your server on the web. Because limited webspace can hamper your cloud performance. The higher the space you have the more application or data you can add-on.&lt;br /&gt;    Another important thing that you must have a good upload speed. There are chances when your server performance lacks because of upload speed. So you must have a better bandwidth for the upload.&lt;br /&gt;    he other major issue at the network level is to request a fixed IP address, so that communications are set correctly, although this option is not entirely necessary if it is highly recommended to avoid problems. This is not very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;    Finally at the software level must be installed on the server and manage the services of Apache, MySQL or any other similar database software demands that we take to the cloud and PHP. These programs are free but have some administrative costs that we can not neglect. Then there is the question of time we devote to these matters and subtract to the administration of our business.&lt;br /&gt;    The upside to mount our own web server to host both our corporate and our applications in the cloud have virtually unlimited space for our records and control over them forever in our facilities. On the negative side we have to be a little more expensive if we have to choose to increase the bandwidth up and a fixed IP and lose time on managing server services.&lt;br /&gt;    You can then use, which is known as NAS . This technology lets you connect a storage device (pen drive, hard drive) directly to the network, without requiring a computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Guide to Create your own Cloud Server with Ubuntu Cloud&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ubuntu is an open source operating system. The new version offers you to have a cloud version pre-installed. You can just add your operating system on the web and share your file from anywhere. This does not refer to plain remote desktop support, but more than that. The Cloud Live Image is available free for download. Download Ubuntu 11.10 version. To make your own cloud there are some pre-requirements you have to do. First installing Ubuntu 11.10 on your system. Configuring Orchestra and Juju to initiate the cloud process. In principle, the placement of the Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud designed really very simple. Installing a first server as a cluster and assign a name for the cloud. All other computers should belong to this cloud, set on a node. This process is really easy to handle.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Orchestra Server: This is one of the awesome features of Ubuntu. You do not need to do much configuration here. You just need to first install Orchestra Server. For the run the following common in terminal:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    sudo apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;    sudo apt-get install ubuntu-orchestra-server -y&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Orchestra Server is an important component to initiate network environment. It comes with components like Cobbler, Nagios, Ensemble and Rsyslog. Every component has its specific role. When you are installing Orchestra it might ask you about your network configuration. This is necessary to specify the DHCP settings. The interface is easy to use and within some steps you can understand how this works. Do not forget to add the dhcp server also: sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Juju: Once you are done with Orchestra you have to start working with Juju. Juju is a kind of cloud infrastructure for Ubuntu. This is an important element for the Cloud server as maximum components will be deployed on this only. Type the following in terminal : sudo apt-get install juju&lt;br /&gt;Once you are done with the above component setups you have then start configuring the environment. Configuring the environment is creating a directory for Juju and deploying its environment. Type the following commands in Terminal :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    sudo mkdir -p ~/.juju&lt;br /&gt;    sudo vim ~/.juju/environments.yaml&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just copy pastes the following :&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;juju: environments&lt;br /&gt;environments:&lt;br /&gt;orchestra:&lt;br /&gt;type: orchestra&lt;br /&gt;# Specify the orchestra server's IP address&lt;br /&gt;orchestra-server: 10.1.2.3&lt;br /&gt;# Specify storage. In this case we are using webdav installed by orchestra.&lt;br /&gt;storage-url: http://10.1.2.3/webdav&lt;br /&gt;# Specify cobbler's usr/pass&lt;br /&gt;orchestra-user: cobbler&lt;br /&gt;orchestra-pass: cobbler&lt;br /&gt;admin-secret: fooooo&lt;br /&gt;# Branch from where we will install ensemble&lt;br /&gt;# juju-branch: lp:juju&lt;br /&gt;# Management classes&lt;br /&gt;acquired-mgmt-class: orchestra-juju-acquired&lt;br /&gt;available-mgmt-class: orchestra-juju-available&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now the pending things to do is to create a SSH key if it is not present and Bootstrapping the environment so that it can function automatically. Type ssh-keygen -t rsa for ssh key and juju bootstrap in the terminal to initiate the process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I had just mentioned a very basic method to being with Ubuntu Cloud. You can have a look on the official documentation for detailed information on the same. The configuration on Ubuntu might be lengthy first, but the process is much easier than others. There are much web base service also which offers you the same.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #3  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 3 Days Ago&lt;br /&gt;fumble's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;fumble fumble is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: Nov 2005&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 260&lt;br /&gt;Re: How to get a Personal Cloud Server&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft System Center 2012&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft System Center 2012 offers you to start your own private cloud. This is a commercial product, but you can start with a Trail to test it. System Center 2012 offers you to manage your business in better way. There are many features available here. You can deploy your own IT environment. There is better management capability available under this. It is not just a tool with management of Cloud environment but also helps you to keep your data more secure. You have to buy a license for that as per your need. This is mostly recommended for commercial purpose only. As we are aware that Microsoft products are rich with feature and tech support.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;System Center 2012 is a high end tool for entire cloud management. It is suitable for mid size and large businesses. I will not recommend this for your home usage. You can view the documentation for this on the official website for more info.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft System Center offers you the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    App Controller is a single point of control for applications through the Cloud public or private&lt;br /&gt;    Configuration Manager, a tool that aims to unify the administration and security of physical or virtualized applications, PC or mobile. It allows a user to access applications, regardless of the device he uses. The Release Candidate of the solution supports a wide range of devices, including mobile platforms Android, iOS and Windows Phone 7&lt;br /&gt;    Data Protection Manager still in beta phase, deals with real-time protection of data and provides a single interface for security management&lt;br /&gt;    Endpoint Protection is responsible for protecting systems with malware detection and warning system vulnerabilities&lt;br /&gt;    Operation Manager provides centralized management from single console resources of public and private clouds&lt;br /&gt;    Orchestrator manages the automation and process orchestration with&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using Tonido&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tonido is only available as binary packages for Ubuntu and its derivatives in RPM distros like Fedora and openSUSE and Arch Linux. This means that you can install all of these distros Tonido using the package management tools. In the first run Tonido prompts you to create a profile. Create the profile is as easy as specifying a unique profile name, password and some other pieces of information. The profile name is all that is sent to the Tonido service, and is performed only once.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tonido has two user interfaces. The simple interface provides quick access to key applications Tonido as a blog, workspace, sharing tools and the torrent files and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To gain access to other features and settings Tonido, you can switch to the advanced interface. Despite its name, the advanced interface is quite simple. The left sidebar allows you to launch applications Tonido, while the toolbar at the top provides access to different options and modules. Before you start using Tonido, however, there are a few important things you have to do. By default, Tonido accepts only local connections, so if you access the Internet server, you must enable the Web access feature. To do this, click the installation link next to the server URL in the summary panel.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-2800585306051428139?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/2800585306051428139/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-get-personal-cloud-server.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2800585306051428139'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/2800585306051428139'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-get-personal-cloud-server.html' title='How to get a Personal Cloud Server'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-3234971904745554568</id><published>2012-02-05T07:42:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:42:50.001-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Digital eBook Reader Buying Guide</title><content type='html'>Digital eBook Readers are a kind of very handy innovation in the era of technology. They just replace the traditional paper with a Digital screen optimized to give you maximum content and easy reading. The impact of Digital eBook reader is quiet great on reading. It gives you a touch of technology in your hand and a dedicated gadget which is not a big laptop or desktop system. Easily carried in your pocket, and suitable on your palm, it is a must to have gadget for everyone. With digital subscription to ebooks, e-newspapers, etc there is no need to wait back for information. But what will the impact of this on our social life. Do we really care, that gadgets are reducing the space in our day to life allowing us to become more and more conservative. Anyhow the coming generation will be using more of it. Lets assume you take a walk in the morning to purchase a newspaper/magazine in a nearly store, meet someone and so begins the cycle of social life. And on the same hand if you have a Digital eBook reader you might site back in your home click and you get the paper on it. This what I thought what coming technology can give us. Leaving the impact of technology on human psychology behind, there is now more to care the coming technology. I am providing you a guide which can help you to choose a Digital eBook reader. There were many eBook reader before. But this becomes more popular when Amazon released Kindle. A widescreen digital reading device in which you can read books, novels, epapers, etc. The came a advance version Kindle Fire which allows you play with the content you have and things will keep on expanding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In our current day to day life, were busier. Ebook readers can be a part of our briefcase which can keep us updates as an when you want. But you cannot do anything additional with a Digital ebook Reader, what you can do with a newspaper. Assumption depends on your imagination. Whatever you do, it is a costly device. Today, there are many reader in the market. Web services like Amazon also provide readers with subscription to internet and information. Publishing companies are started with provisioning digital content along with physical. I am here talking about a portable electronic device which is mainly used for reading books. That does not means you cannot add your content in it. Today’s device give you that also. Comparison to a Digital eBook Reader, Tablet PC are faster and smarter. There is a wide confusing between choosing a Tablet PC and a Ebook Reader. The reason lies in feature. If you are a person who just want a to read papers, books, periodicals, etc then you can go for eBook reader. But if you are a geek type person, who wants wide glassy touchscreen, lots of application, games, media, etc then a Tablet PC will be good for you. Ebook Reader tries to maintain your habit of reading, as the main focus is to collect information from the given article. In simple word, it is for serious people.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Ebook reader and Tablet Pc are lot more similar in some cases. But Tablet PC is just a small prototype of a computer. As the guide title says about Ebook reader, so I might speak more on the ebook device behalf. First beginning with the advantages of a ebook reader. They provide you better reading ability. The screen are specially designed just for reading, giving less strain on your eyes. They offer a better battery life as there are minimal services working. It works with electronic paper technology which offers easier display to users. Internet is full of free resources and information. There are millions of free ebooks you can download directly on a ebook reader. Because of its mobility you can travel with it and internet support you can access the books anywhere, saving your cost of buying books and then packing them for moving. Everything comes inside it. It s possible to store thousands of ebook inside a single device. Because of minimal services working in the background it is faster and responds smoothly. Another advantage is removing the barrier of different languages. A Ebook reader offers you web connectivity. Many ebook sites offers you to read the books in any language you want. So here you do not need to worry in what language the book is written. If you are lucky enough you can find the translated version also.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Along with the translation support, the device operating system helps you to increase the font size, view images in a better way, setup the brightness contrast level, etc. This is very helpful for people who face some issue with reading. Some ebook readers comes with reading solution. That means they can read the content for you. This option I had found a long time ago in Acrobat reader. Other than there are many features that are still remaining to mention. This is the some exclusive points which makes a ebook reader a special device. It becomes easier for a publisher to distribute ebooks online than physically printing and dispatching them. A digital ebook reader also offers protection to environment. By the usage of e-ink, lesser paper are used which indirectly helps to avoid tree cutting. In a good cause this is more helpful for the society in coming future as human’s needs are never going to die.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to buy a Digital ebook Reader&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are certain points which are necessary to keep in mind before going to buy a Digital eBook reader. The points like the screen size, brand, price, features, etc. Because this can be helpful for you for the coming future. If you bought a low range device and in future if you need any kind of browsing support then there are not possibilities to go for a upgrade on this device. You have to buy another one which will be waste for money. I am listing some points which are easy to figure and can be kept in mind while buying this gadget. Along with the points I had also listed some of the top models that you can go for. A Ebook reader must offer you long battery life, easy to carry features, less strain on eyes, some additional feature to back files, etc. This are some feature which can be looked for sometime. Sometime it happens that you buy the same from online or any other region and face issue with connectivity or buying in your area. So first it is recommended that when you are buying you must go with some International plans. There are many provider which offers the gadget on contract basis. But there are certain kind of limitation for the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another important thing that you need ensure and check that you can get access to content from anywhere. This is a kind of important factor to check while purchasing this device. There are ample of publishers who do not provide their book on certain area. So there are full chances that the book which you are looking might not be available because of the limitation. Sometime it also happens because of low configuration of the device. Some ebook are equipped with more rich content which your device might lack. Amazon Kindle is one of the widely sold device and offers you millions of book download.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another thing to consider is the amount of format supported by the device. If the device lack format like mp3 or jpg then it is not really worth buying, because today's devices offer you multimedia support. That can be battery consuming. Leave the multimedia thing behind, you can look for additional support like html, txt files. Ebooks have formats which deals with drm protection. You have to check that what format your reader can read. Like Amazon offers .azw files. While ePub is a kind of open source format support for ebook. A higher number of books can be found on ePub. If you are ready to pay a bit higher for the device then you can go beyond the regular feature of what you will get. You can look for more features like better browsing, flash content, data backup, sync, etc. The ebook readers offers you basic features and surfing options. So you can try to look for a hybrid device which can offer you a ebook reader with the tablet also. The last thing to find that is price. If the price is higher then it is recommended to go for a tablet. Because buying a traditional tablet on the same price is not really worth.&lt;br /&gt;Reply With Quote&lt;br /&gt;  #2  &lt;br /&gt;Unread 2 Days Ago&lt;br /&gt;RedZot's Avatar  &lt;br /&gt;RedZot RedZot is offline&lt;br /&gt;Member&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;Join Date: May 2008&lt;br /&gt;Posts: 382&lt;br /&gt;Re: Digital eBook Reader Buying Guide&lt;br /&gt;List of Digital e-Book Readers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Below is the list and price of some of the top ebook readers. This are widely acclaimed and used. I will recommend you to choose one for them as per your choice. Every ebook reader share some common features and they are different in the look in design.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sony Reader Touch Edition: Price $104.99 Approx&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Experience a full touch screen that reads like a real book on the Reader Touch Edition. Turn pages with the swipe of a finger and enjoy fast and intuitive navigation of your favorite books. Choose more content from more places like the online Reader Store, where you can access new releases, best sellers and more. You can even access over two million free titles or find links to borrow eBooks through your local public library from the comfort of your home10. The device is finished in elegant yet simple, with a narrow row of buttons at the bottom of the screen and a silver gray frame around the entire perimeter except the left side, perhaps to imitate the appearance of a printed book when closed. We have a very sensitive touch treatment, so that not even need to touch the screen to open a book or move from one page to another. When loading books onto the computer, compatibility covers usual standards as EPUB, TXT or PDF, although the latter, by logical limitations of format, not always enjoys all of the Reader editing capabilities Touch as the exploration chapters or, in the case of scanned documents, and highlighted the recognition of single words.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Features:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    6” touch screen&lt;br /&gt;    Six adjustable font sizes&lt;br /&gt;    Read in multiple formats like ePub and PDF&lt;br /&gt;    Reader Store from Sony.&lt;br /&gt;    Reader Touch Edition utilizes high contrast E Ink® Pearl technology on its anti-glare touch screen to deliver an amazing, paper-like display.&lt;br /&gt;    High battery performance&lt;br /&gt;    Play MP3 and AAC audio files&lt;br /&gt;    Reader Library software for PC/ Mac&lt;br /&gt;    Intuitive navigation and button placement&lt;br /&gt;    Carry up to 50,000 books at a time&lt;br /&gt;    Built-in Dictionaries and Translators&lt;br /&gt;    High-Speed USB data and power connection&lt;br /&gt;    Media expansion slots&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-3234971904745554568?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/3234971904745554568/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/digital-ebook-reader-buying-guide.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/3234971904745554568'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/3234971904745554568'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/digital-ebook-reader-buying-guide.html' title='Digital eBook Reader Buying Guide'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7749874787768506351</id><published>2012-02-05T07:42:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-02-05T07:42:20.573-08:00</updated><title type='text'>How to use Remote Desktop in Windows 7</title><content type='html'>It is not mandatory to use utilities like RealVNC to take control of a remote Windows machine. Microsoft includes an inbuilt protocol for taking high-performance remote access called RDP. Here is a small guide for "Remote Desktop" of Pro and Ultimate editions of Windows Vista and Windows 7!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since Windows 2000, Microsoft has ensured that a home user can take remote control of your PC remained in the office. Only the Professional Edition and Ultimate (Ultimate) of Windows can be taken into control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, any Windows (versions including Starter, Home Basic) can be then used to take control of the remote machine. We can even do this from a Mac since Microsoft has also developed a RDP client for MacOSX.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let's see how to use the remote control of Windows 7 "Ultimate RC" so you can control your PC from any computer connected to the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The router is blocking, by default, the remote control. The first thing to do is set the router to allow this traffic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For this you need to know the IP address of your machine on your LAN. It is best to configure the same network interface on your PC so it has a fixed address that does not. There are several ways to proceed, but you can do this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Open the Network and Sharing Center&lt;br /&gt;    Click on Change settings of the card (in the left pane)&lt;br /&gt;    Right click on the Local Area Connection and select Properties&lt;br /&gt;    Double-click Internet Protocol Version 4&lt;br /&gt;    Select Use the following IP address&lt;br /&gt;    Enter an IP address appropriate for your network (eg 192.168.1.99 if your router is 192.168.0.99)&lt;br /&gt;    Enter 255.255.255.0 in subnet mask&lt;br /&gt;    In default gateway enter the IP address of your router (generally router is 192.168.1.1).&lt;br /&gt;    Enter the Preferred DNS server IP address of your router&lt;br /&gt;    Check the Validate settings upon exit&lt;br /&gt;    Click OK&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This stage differs from one router to another. We will give you a general idea and you should refer to the manual of your router for confirmation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Go to the administration interface of the router by typing its IP address in the web browser (for example 192.168.1.1)&lt;br /&gt;    Enter Login and Password&lt;br /&gt;    In the page that comes up, search for Port Forwarding.&lt;br /&gt;    Then add following data:&lt;br /&gt;        Name: Give it a unique name like Remote Desktop&lt;br /&gt;        External Port: 3389&lt;br /&gt;        Internal Port: 3389&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5611294183393818852-7749874787768506351?l=how-to-connects.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/feeds/7749874787768506351/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-use-remote-desktop-in-windows-7.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7749874787768506351'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5611294183393818852/posts/default/7749874787768506351'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://how-to-connects.blogspot.com/2012/02/how-to-use-remote-desktop-in-windows-7.html' title='How to use Remote Desktop in Windows 7'/><author><name>free web content</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16705821875273304489</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/-4I4IipDUvdY/TZrS9Euj4-I/AAAAAAAAAJA/p5hEj74848g/s220/avt26.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5611294183393818852.post-7568574069454841047</id><published>2011-12-26T08:11:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-12-26T08:11:34.601-08:00</updated><title type='text'>, please join my professional network</title><content type='html'>&lt;!-- Template Id 9 / apna --&gt;&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="0" width="98%" style="border-collapse: collapse" bgcolor="#dedede"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="15" width="530" style="border-collapse: collapse" bgcolor="#ffffff" bordercolor="#c0c0c0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;table border="0" width="500" style="border-collapse: collapse"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;font face="Calibri, Verdana, Arial, helvetica, Sans-serif" size="5" color="#03579f"&gt;&lt;a style="color: #03579f; text-decoration: none" href="http://www.apnacircle.com/action/index.jsp?actionId=0021m0mi1xec2171&amp;urlId=0021v1e4bjtkdcp0&amp;om_cmpid=ap-rapp-2-en&amp;mtrck=8f01491dad9878b993cd8f74248b7c7e2bfeb04549f954892539d6b70ead1a93cfffbc42d3e5c22aa706805716b3a0ab"&gt;@recipientfirstname, please take a moment and join my professional network&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td height="515"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;font face="Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif" size="3"&gt;On Tuesday 6 December 2011, I invited you to become part of my network of contacts on ApnaCircle. &lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;font face="Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif" size="3"&gt;Kinds regards, &lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;font face="Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif" size="3"&gt;Kulwinder Kaur&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;font face="Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;font color="#03579f"&gt;&amp;gt; &lt;/font&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.apnacircle.com/action/index.jsp?actionId=0021m0mi1xec2171&amp;urlId=0021v1e4bjtkdcp0&amp;om_cmpid=ap-rapp-2-en&amp;mtrck=8f01491dad9878b993cd8f74248b7c7e2bfeb04549f954892539d6b70ead1a93cfffbc42d3e5c22aa706805716b3a0ab"&gt;&lt;font color="#03579f"&gt;Accept my invitation and join my network now&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;font color="#ff9901"&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (It only takes a minute to join)&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="5" width="100%" style="border-collapse: collapse" bgcolor="#eeeeee"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;font face="Calibri, verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: large"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;So what is &lt;font color="#038f39"&gt;Apna&lt;/font&gt;&lt;font color="#03579f"&gt;Circle &lt;/font&gt;?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font color="#038f39"&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: #038f39; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;Apna&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: #03579f; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;Circle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;is India's leading professional networking site. With millions of members across seven continents it's a great way to make sure that opportunities find you.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: 10pt"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;At its simplest,&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: #038f39; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;Apna&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: #03579f; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;Circle &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;lets you publish a&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;&amp;nbsp;profile&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;of your professional experience online and suggests other&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;professionals,potential &lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;partners/customers&amp;nbsp;or even headhunters&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;that you might want to connect with.&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black; font-size: 13.5pt"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt; It's also great for reconnecting with people you met at school, university or in a previous job.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16pt"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: 10px"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; color: black"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;But you can also do much more such as:&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: small"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;Ask Q&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;font size="4"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;uestions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;p style="margin: 0in 0in 0pt; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;Advertise&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;Events&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;p style="margin: 0in 0in 0pt; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;Post an&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;Ad&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;p style="margin: 0in 0in 0pt; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;Write an&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;Article&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana; font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;p style="margin: 0in 0in 0pt; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;Send&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;Free SMSs,&lt;font size="3"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;anywhere in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;India&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;p style="margin: 0in 0in 0pt; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Verdana"&gt;&lt;font size="2"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;Participate in&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;forums&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;font size="3"&gt;that match your interests and&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Calibri,verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif"&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: left; display: inline ! important"&gt;&lt;font face="Verdana"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: medium"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: normal"&gt
